80ee SD

AccessMAXSystem Software Release 8.
0EE
System Description
March 12, 2002

Part Number 7500-0611
AFC AccessMAX System Description
March 12, 2002
AccessMAX User Documentation

Copyright
Copyright 2002 Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. All rights reserved. The information in this publication is confidential and proprietary to Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. No part of this publication may be used, disclosed, reproduced, adapted, translated, stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, for any purpose, without the prior written permission of Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. Although every precaution has been taken in the preparation of this publication, Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. assumes no (i) responsibility for errors or omissions contained herein or (ii) liability for any damages resulting from the use of information contained herein. Information in this publication is subject to change without notice.
Trademarks
Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc., AFC, the AFC logo, UMC1000 and Universal Modular Carrier are registered trademarks of Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. AccessMAX, PremMAX, DMAX, EMAX, EMAXplus, OmniMAX, TransMAX, AccessManager, PremManager, ONX, ATLAS, and ADSLx+y are trademarks of Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. Copyright 2002. All rights reserved. Any other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. Information about CE Mark compliance of Advanced Fibre Communications products is available for AFC customers on the AFC Extranet at http://www.afc.com/regcomp/index.asp. The information includes approved configurations of CBA, cards, and cables. Contact your AFC salesperson for Extranet access. The AccessMAX system and components are sensitive to static:
CE Mark
ESD Alert
ESD ALERT: Follow strict Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) precautions when handling or working on AccessMAX equipment and related components.
2002, Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Confidential and Proprietary Information. Not for use or disclosure except by written agreement with AFC
March 12, 2002
Change History
Document description
This document contains a description of the AFC AccessMAX system. The document includes an overview of system features and capabilities, a description of the physical features of the system components, a functional description of each component, and a summary of system specifications.
Table of changes
The following table contains a change history for this document.
Description of change Initial Release
Revision 1
Date March 12, 2002
March 12, 2002
March 12, 2002
AFC AccessMAX System Description Table of Contents
About this Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AboutMan 1

Chapter Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AboutMan 1 Manual Conventions and Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .AboutMan 2 Related Documentation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .AboutMan 4 Documentation Feedback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .AboutMan 5
Customer Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CustServ 1

Chapter Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CustServ 1 Customer Service Phone Number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CustServ 2 Technical Assistance Center (TAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CustServ 3 Problem Severity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CustServ 5 Repair and Return Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CustServ 8 Failure Priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CustServ 10 Failure Tracking Tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CustServ 11
System Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview 1

Chapter Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview 1 Introduction to AccessMAX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview 3 Section Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview 3 AccessMAX Family of Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview 4 The UMC Integrated Multiservice Access Platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview 5 The DMAX Integrated Multiservice Access Platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview 8 The DMAX1048 Integrated Multiservice Access Platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview 10 Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview 11 Section Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview 11 Summary of Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview 12 Services in Universal Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview 16 Services over V5.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview 17 Services over V5.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview 18 Transport Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview 19 ATM Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview 21 Section Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview 21 ATM Uplink Aggregation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview 24 Native ATM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview 25 EdgeAccess ATM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview 27 Mixed ATM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview 29 Voice over Packet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview 34
2002, Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Confidential and Proprietary Information. Rev 1 Not for use or disclosure except by written agreement with AFC SD Contents 1
March 12, 2002
Table of Contents, continued

Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview 37 Section Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview 37 Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview 38 Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview 39 Bandwidth Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview 41 Expansion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview 43 Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview 44 Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview 45 Section Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview 45 Local Exchange Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview 46 Remote Subscriber Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview 47 Remote Subscriber Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview 48 Transport Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview 49 Section Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview 49 Fiber-Optic Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview 50 E1 Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview 51 Radio Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview 53 Powering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview 54 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview 55 Section Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview 55 Transport Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview 56 Signalling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview 58 Voice Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview 60 Ringing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview 61 Dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview 62 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview 63 Environmental. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview 64 Mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview 65
System Topologies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Topology 1

Chapter Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Topology 1 System Topologies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Topology 3 Section Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Topology 3 Universal Topology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Topology 5 Star Topology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Topology 6 Drop-and-Insert Topology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Topology 7 Tree Topology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Topology 8 Survivable Transport Topology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Topology 9 Co-Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Topology 10
2002, Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Confidential and Proprietary Information. SD Contents 2 Not for use or disclosure except by written agreement with AFC Rev 1
March 12, 2002

Integrated Interface Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Topology 11 Section Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Topology 11 Standard Integrated Interface Configuration: V5.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Topology 13 Standard Integrated Interface Configuration: V5.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Topology 14 Enhanced Integrated Interface Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Topology 15
Cabinets and Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CabComp 1

Chapter Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CabComp 1 Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CabComp 3 Section Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CabComp 3 Remote Subscriber Cabinet (RSC) Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CabComp 4 RSCI/48: 48-Line Indoor Cabinet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CabComp 5 RSC/48: 48-Line Outdoor Cabinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CabComp 7 RSC/240D: 240-Line Outdoor Cabinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CabComp 12 RSC/360: 360-Line Outdoor Cabinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CabComp 16 RSCI/480: 480-Line Indoor Cabinet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CabComp 19 RSC/672D: 672-Line Outdoor Cabinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CabComp 22 Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CabComp 25 Battery Types and Bases. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CabComp 25 CBA: Channel Bank Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CabComp 26 DSL Multi-Service Access (DMAX) Channel Bank Assembly. . . . . . . . . . CabComp 29 DMAX1120FA: DSL Multi Service Access Platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CabComp 33 Equipment Maximization Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CabComp 36 FAA: Fuse and Alarm Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CabComp 37 Splice Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CabComp 39 UPA: Universal Power Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CabComp 40
Plug-In Cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cards 1

Chapter Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cards 1 ADSL 2+6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards 3 ADSL 4+6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards 8 ADSL 6+0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards 13 ADSL 6+6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards 17 ADU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards 22 CDU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards 25 CPU-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards 28 CPU-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards 31 DDU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards 35 E&M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards 38 E1A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards 42 E1AX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards 45 E1HD-XCVR (ADTRAN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards 48
March 12, 2002

E1HD-XCVR (PairGain) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards 52 E1-XCVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards 55 E1X-XCVR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards 58 E3I-XCVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards 61 EBC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards 64 EBC-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards 67 ELU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards 70 ELU-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards 73 FO-XCVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards 76 FOB-XCVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards 79 FOW-XCVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards 82 IATO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards 85 IDLP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards 88 IPMI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards 91 ITO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards 94 LI-APOTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards 97 LI-BPOTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards 101 LI-ISDN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards 105 LI-POTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards 108 LI-VPOTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards 111 L-PSU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards 114 L-UVG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards 117 MTU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards 123 NPSU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards 127 P-ACI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards 131 P-ACR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards 134 P-CPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards 138 P-FD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards 141 RI-APOTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards 144 RI-BPOTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards 148 RI-ISDN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards 152 RI-POTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards 155 RI-VPOTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards 159 R-PSU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards 163 R-UVG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards 167 SDU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards 171 SHDSL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards 176 SSR-XCVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards 180 STM1c-XCVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards 184 STM1cu-XCVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cards 189
March 12, 2002

User Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UI 1
Chapter Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UI 1 Craft Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UI 3 Section Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UI 3 Craft Interface Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UI 4 Craft Interface Menu Tree for Release 8.0EE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UI 5 Craft Interface Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UI 7 System Monitoring Interfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UI 8 Traffic Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UI 9 Utility Package Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UI 11 AccessMAX Utility Package . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UI 11 AccessManager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .UI 13
Loop Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LoopTest 1

Chapter Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LoopTest 1 Supported Test Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .LoopTest 3 MTU Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .LoopTest 4
Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glossary 1
Terms and Acronyms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glossary 1
Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Index 1
March 12, 2002
March 12, 2002 Rel 8.0EE
AFC AccessMAX System Description About This Manual
About this Manual Chapter Overview

In this chapter
This chapter contains the following topics: Topics Manual Conventions and Symbols Related Documentation Documentation Feedback Page AboutMan 2 4 5
Introduction
The AccessMAX System Description manual contains both high-level and detailed information about AccessMAX equipment: System Overview is a high-level introduction to the AccessMAX system, its design, capabilities, and basic elements. See this chapter for information on system bandwidth, expansion, upgrade, transport options, powering, and system-level specifications. System Topologies describes and illustrates the many configurations in which AccessMAX delivers telephony and data service. Diagrams show both universal and integrated topologies. Cabinets and Components introduces the wide range of indoor and outdoor telecom housings that AFC distributes, along with the basic building blocks of the AccessMAX system such as CBAs, battery trays, power charger/rectifiers, splice trays, cross-connect panels, and more. Plug-In Cards describes the transport, common control, power, and service plug-in cards. Descriptions include feature summaries, specifications, LEDs and other faceplate elements. The plug-in card descriptions are in alphabetical order by plug-in card faceplate name. User Interface describes the basic features of the AccessMAX Craft Interface, the menu-driven system provisioning software. This chapter also introduces the AccessMAX Utility Package, AccessManager, and other user interfaces available to monitor and provision AccessMAX equipment. Loop Testing describes subscriber loop testing methods and equipment compatible with Release 8.0EE. Diagrams show supported loop testing configurations with plug-in card requirements for each. A comprehensive Glossary and Index complete this manual.
2002, Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Confidential and Proprietary Information. Rev 1 Not for use or disclosure except by written agreement with AFC SD AboutMan 1
Manual Conventions and Symbols

Special symbols
The AccessMAX user documentation uses the following special symbols:
DANGER! You are in a situation that will result in death or serious bodily injury if not avoided.
DANGER! Invisible laser radiation Optical fibers emit invisible laser radiation. Avoid direct exposure to the beam. NEVER look into the end of a fiber, fiber cord, or a fiber pigtail. Permanent eye damage or blindness can occur quickly when laser radiation is present.
CAUTION! You are in a situation that could result in minor or moderate bodily injury if not avoided.
ALERT: You are in a situation that could cause damage to equipment, software, loss of data, or loss of service.
ESD ALERT: You are in a situation that could cause equipment damage or degradation of performance due to Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) event.
2002, Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Confidential and Proprietary Information. SD AboutMan 2 Not for use or disclosure except by written agreement with AFC Rev 1
Manual Conventions and Symbols, continued

Manual conventions
This manual uses the following convention to convey instructions and information: Note: Notes contain helpful suggestions or references to materials not found in this manual.
Related Documentation
User documentation set
The AccessMAX user documentation set consists of the following manuals:
Manual Title AccessMAX System Description AccessMAX User Interface AccessMAX Turn Up, Test, and Maintenance AccessMAX Troubleshooting Guide AccessMAX Utility Program and Upgrade Guide
Description Description of the AccessMAX system, its components, and capabilities. Command reference for user interfaces. Procedures to turn up the AccessMAX system and to perform preventive maintenance and routine tests on the AccessMAX system. Procedures to perform corrective maintenance on the AccessMAX system. Procedures to upgrade and perform other maintenance procedures on the AccessMAX system.
The user documentation manuals are also available on CD-ROM for this release.
Other documentation
Supplements for special topics are also available. These supplements vary in subject matter, including installation guides, application guides, retrofit kits, expansion kits, and parts replacement procedures. Contact AFC Applications Engineering at 707-792-3500 for more information.
Documentation Feedback
Give feedback on this document
To give feedback on this document, do one of the following: Fill out the Documentation Feedback form online on the AFC website at www.afc.com. Click ATLAS Professional Services, then Documentation. Fill out the Documentation Feedback form located on the User Documentation CD-ROM. Mail or fax the form to: Mail: Technical Publications Department Advanced Fibre Communications 1465 North McDowell Boulevard Petaluma, CA 94954 USA Fax: 707-793-8429
Call Customer Service at 707-792-3500.

Order manuals
To order AccessMAX user documentation, call 800-690-AFCI or 707-792-3500.
AFC AccessMAX System Description Customer Service
Customer Service Chapter Overview

In this chapter
This chapter contains the following topics: Topic Customer Service Phone Number Technical Assistance Center (TAC) Problem Severity Repair and Return Policy Failure Priority Failure Tracking Tag Page CustServ 2 3 5 8 10 11
2002, Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Confidential and Proprietary Information. Rev 1 Not for use or disclosure except by written agreement with AFC SD CustServ 1
Customer Service Phone Number

Contact us
The Customer Service phone number is: 800-690-AFCI (2324) in North America 707-792-3500 outside North America Customer Service is open from 6:00 AM to 5:00 PM U.S. Pacific Coast Time. The Technical Assistance Center (TAC) is open 24 hours per day, 7 days per week. AFC Customer Service Extension Call to: Press 1 Receive technical support Report emergency failures Press 2 Order new equipment Order options Receive information Order AccessMAX user manuals Press 3 Report equipment failures that occur in the field Receive a Return Merchandise Authorization (RMA) number Press 4 Request AFC product training Press 5 Press 6 Order options Receive information Request engineering, planning, and installation services Request service support agreements Receive technical support Report emergency failures
Department Technical Assistance Center (TAC) Inside Sales (Order Administration)
Warranty Services
Training Applications Engineering ATLAS Professional Services Spanish language Technical Support To repeat these options For all other departments
Online request for non-urgent matters
Press 7 Press 8 Press 9
For non-urgent matters, you can fill out a Customer Service Request Form on the AFC website at www.afc.com. Click on Service & Support.
2002, Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Confidential and Proprietary Information. SD CustServ 2 Not for use or disclosure except by written agreement with AFC Rev 1
Technical Assistance Center (TAC)

TAC hours and phone number
Advanced Fibre Communications (AFC) is dedicated to providing you with the best customer support in the industry. AFC maintains a 24-hour, 7-day-per-week Technical Assistance Center (TAC). The TAC provides instant support to you free of charge throughout your warranty period. A team of qualified technicians staffs the TAC to support your technical assistance needs. The Technical Assistance Center phone number is: 800-690-AFCI (2324) in North America 707-792-3500 outside North America Press 1 for the TAC.
Online request for non-urgent matters
For non-urgent matters, you can fill out a Customer Service Request Form on the AFC website at www.afc.com. Click on Service & Support.
Reporting problems
Calls to the Technical Assistance Center receive immediate and direct attention from an AFC representative. When a customer reports a problem, the AFC representative records the customer information and related data in an advanced interactive database. AFC uses this database to monitor potential problem systems, identify customers with repeat problems, and be proactive regarding customer faults. This statistical information helps improve AccessMAX equipment and ensures that field systems remain functional and reliable. During the call, the AFC representative determines the severity of the problem in accordance with Telcordia (Bellcore) GR-929-CORE: Reliability and Quality Measurements for Telecommunications Systems. To ensure a quick response, AFC uses an ISO-compliant call tracking system with an embedded escalation procedure.
Technical Assistance Center (TAC), continued

Software compatibility
To fully support our customers, AFC requires that all software in a customers system functions with CPU software within two versions of the latest system software release. Customers using older software releases can obtain a software upgrade free of charge. Call 800-690-AFCI (2324) or 707-792-3500 and press 2 for Inside Sales, or log on to the AFC web site at www.afc.com and go to your Online Services account.
Problem Severity
Severity
The escalation procedure for a problem depends on the severity of the case. The three problem severity levels are: Critical Major Minor
Critical problems
A critical problem is a service-affecting issue caused by fault of AccessMAX equipment. Typically 24 or more customers are affected. If the problem is critical, AFC is committed to the following: Time During normal business hours (5:00 AM to 5:00 PM Pacific Time) Other than normal business hours Action An AFC TAC representative is available for immediate assistance. The on-duty TAC representative contacts an AFC technician. The technician responds to your call within one hour. If equipment replacement is deemed necessary to restore service, the TAC initiates an emergency RMA. The AFC TAC manager is notified. The TAC center develops an action plan which may include dispatching a field service engineer to the site to resolve the issue.
If a critical problem is unresolved after one hour
Problem Severity, continued

Major problems A major problem is a service-affecting issue caused by fault of AccessMAX
equipment. Typically fewer than 24 customers are affected. If the problem is major, AFC is committed to the following: Time During normal business hours (5:00 AM to 5:00 PM Pacific Time) Other than normal business hours Action An AFC TAC representative is available for immediate assistance. The on-duty TAC representative contacts an AFC technician. The technician responds to your call within one hour. If equipment replacement is deemed necessary to restore service, the TAC initiates an emergency RMA on the next work day during normal business hours. The AFC TAC manager is notified. The TAC center develops an action plan which may include dispatching a field service engineer to the site to resolve the issue.
If a major problem is unresolved after eight hours
Problem Severity, continued

Minor problems A minor problem is a non-service-affecting issue. Typically this is a question
or feature request. If the problem is minor, AFC is committed to the following: Time During normal business hours (5:00 AM to 5:00 PM Pacific Time) Other than normal business hours Action An AFC TAC representative is available for immediate assistance. The on-duty TAC representative records the problem. An AFC technician responds within the first hour of business on the following work day. If equipment replacement is necessary, the TAC initiates a normal RMA during normal business hours. AFC responds to the customer with a planned resolution within 72 hours.
If a minor problem is unresolved after 24 hours
Repair and Return Policy

Product repair
AFCs repair and return policy is to quickly and efficiently repair defective Product for our customers. All defective Product processed through the Petaluma, California, facility is repaired, quality checked, verified, and upgraded where applicable to the most current revision possible. Equipment purchased from AFC is covered under a variety of warranty plans. Please check with your system administrator to determine which warranty plan applies to your system. If you need further information, refer to AFCs Universal Warranty Service Policy by logging onto the web or your Online Services account, both at www.afc.com. Select About AFC, then refer to Legal Information, Universal Warranty. The Return Merchandise Authorization (RMA) number identifies a defective Product during the repair process. The AFC Warranty Service Center assigns a unique RMA number to each RMA order to facilitate tracking of the defective Product, assure RMA order integrity and Customer ownership of the Product. To track a defective Product being repaired, and to find out how long until repair is complete, please contact the AFC Warranty Service Center as explained below.
Warranty plans vary
RMA number
Returning defective equipment
To report and return defective AFC Product, do the following: Step 1. Action Contact the AFC Warranty Service Center between 6:00 AM and 5:00 PM Pacific Coast Time at: 800-690-AFCI (2324) in North America 707-792-3500 outside North America Press 3 for Warranty Services. (See page 9 for emergency failures after hours.) Warranty Services requires a Purchase Order number in exchange for an AFC Return Merchandise Authorization (RMA) number. Warranty Services also provides shipping instructions. Write down the RMA number for your reference.
Part 1 of 2
2.
3.
Continued
Step 4. 5.
6.
7.
Action Complete a Failure Tracking Tag (see page 11) for each defective item. Pack the completed Failure Tracking Tag with the defective item and return the Product to AFC in its original shipping container or functionally equivalent packaging subject to AFCs packing standards. Mark the Return Merchandise Authorization (RMA) number on the outside of the shipping container. Reference the RMA number on the Purchase Order and shipping documents. Ship the container to the following address. Charges for shipping to AFC are the customers responsibility: Advanced Fibre Communications Warranty Service Department 2200 S. McDowell Boulevard Petaluma, California 94954 USA RMA # ______________
Part 2 of 2
Emergency equipment failure
In the event a replacement Product is required due to a service-affecting emergency, contact AFC at: 800-690-AFCI (2324) in North America 707-792-3500 outside North America Press 3 for the Warranty Services during normal business hours. Press 1 for the TAC after hours, on weekends and holidays.
Failure Priority
Failure priority
At a customers request, a failure priority can be assigned to a defective item. The three failure priority levels are: Emergency Customer-Requested Priority Normal failure
Emergency
If a defective Product is service-affecting and no spares are available, the defect is deemed an emergency. AFC will ship a reconditioned replacement Product of the same revision or better via a priority one transportation service. The replacement Product will arrive on-site within 24 hours of shipment from AFCs facility. If no reconditioned Product is available, AFC will ship a new or equivalent Product. AFC charges a flat fee for this service, regardless of the warranty status. (Contact the Warranty Service Order Administrator for a schedule of fees.) AFC offers an expedited turn-around for defective Product that is not an emergency. This service is classified as a Customer-Requested Priority and guarantees the return of a repaired Product within three business days of receipt of the Product. (Contact the Warranty Service Order Administrator for a schedule of fees.) For defective Product that is classified as a normal failure, AFC will repair the Product and ship it back to the customer within 15 business days of receipt. Shipping arrangements will be made via UPS ground or a similar transportation means. Customers will be billed for this service only if the Products are not under warranty. (Contact the Warranty Service Order Administrator for a schedule of fees.)
CustomerRequested Priority
Normal failure
Failure Tracking Tag
Failure Tracking Tag
SIDE 2 TO BE COMPLETED BY ORIGINATOR

SITE / EXCHANGE NO. CONTACT FAIL CODE TEL NO. HW IN SW IN
CUSTOMER NAME
TO BE COMPLETED BY REPAIR FACILITY

CROSS REFERENCE
Enclose the tag Enclose a completed version of the Failure Tracking Tag with each defective
SERIAL NUMBER OUT HW OUT SW OUT PART NUMBER OUT REPAIR DATE LOCATION FRM REPLACED RMA NUMBER SERIAL NUMBER FAILURE FOUND PART DESCRIPTION UPGD/ECO DOWNLOAD PASSED F/T PASSED SYS TO QC A/R WARRANTY
Product you are returning.

CRP N 0 E A3 YES NO
REFERENCE DESIGNATORS FOUND DEFECTIVE
DATE REPORTED
PURCHASE ORDER NUM.
TROUBLE INDICATION (ALARMS, CLIMATE)
SHIP DUE DATE
PART NUMBER
RETURN CODE PRIORITY CODE
Copy this tag if Failure Tracking Tags are not available at your site:
(FOR WARRANTY USE ONLY)
FORM WS-F-0002 REV 02
AFC AccessMAX System Description System Overview
System Overview Chapter Overview

In this chapter
This chapter contains the following topics: Topic Introduction to AccessMAX Applications ATM Solutions Design Elements Transport Media Specifications Page Overview 3 11 21 37 45 49 55
Introduction
AFCs AccessMAX is much more than a traditional next generation digital loop carrier; it is a modern and flexible Integrated Multiservice Access Platform (IMAP). AccessMAX economically serves from as few as six to more than two thousand subscribers. Designed with a modular, building-block approach, AccessMAX supports a variety of transmission media to provide service in a wide range of network topologies. AccessMAX uses state-of-the-art technologies to provide both traditional and forward-looking subscriber services. AccessMAXs advanced, high-density architecture makes it the ideal IMAP for current and future applications. AccessMAX is perfect for new growth deployments or for upgrades and expansion to existing service in urban, suburban, and rural environments.
2002, Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Confidential and Proprietary Information. Rev 1 Not for use or disclosure except by written agreement with AFC SD Overview 1
2002, Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Confidential and Proprietary Information. SD Overview 2 Not for use or disclosure except by written agreement with AFC Rev 1
Introduction to AccessMAX Section Overview

In this section
This section contains the following topics: Topic AccessMAX Family of Products The UMC Integrated Multiservice Access Platform The DMAX Integrated Multiservice Access Platform Page Overview 4 5 8
AccessMAX Family of Products

Introduction
AccessMAX is AFCs family of Integrated Multiservice Access Platforms (IMAPs), providing local loop voice, data, and broadband DSL solutions. Each AccessMAX product uniquely solves pressing service delivery needs. The Universal Modular Carrier (UMC) is AFCs narrowband, wideband, and broadband delivery platform. The UMC also delivers medium-density DSL broadband services where high density is not required. AFC equips a variety of remote telecom cabinets with the UMC channel bank assembly. The DMAX is AFCs high-density broadband delivery platform. The DMAX also provides legacy narrowband and wideband services. It delivers high-density DSL while utilizing existing backhaul facilities, including fiber and E1 or HDSL copper plant. The unique DMAX backplane design combines with line card powering and heat dissipation technologies to form AFCs PowerMAX solution, delivering high-density broadband services. AFC equips a number of remote telecom cabinets with the DMAX Channel Bank Assembly. EMAX is AFCs equipment maximization system. It allows efficient retrofits of existing third-party remote telecom cabinets to provide the wideband and high-density broadband services demanded by remote customers. EMAX retrofits legacy third-party cabinets with the UMC1000 Channel Bank Assembly. EMAXplus retrofits cabinets with the DMAX1120 Channel Bank Assembly. AccessMAX common control and service plug-in cards are interchangeable between any platform in the AccessMAX family, which reduces costs and simplifies maintenance logistics. The following pages describe these AccessMAX family products in more detail.
The UMC Integrated Multiservice Access Platform

Introduction
The Universal Modular Carrier (UMC) family is AFCs original IMAP, and consists of the UMC1000 and the UMC1048 Channel Bank Assemblies (CBAs). The UMC1000 is a 19-inch, rack-mount CBA with 26 slots for AccessMAX plug-in cards. The UMC1048 is a 12-inch, rack-mount CBA with 14 slots. AFC factory-installs the UMC1000 in AFCs complete line of remote telecom cabinets. The following Remote Subscriber Cabinets (RSCs) have one or more UMC1000 CBAs: RSC/360 (360-line outdoor cabinet) RSC/480 (480-line outdoor cabinet) RSCI/480 (480-line indoor cabinet) AFC factory-installs the UMC1048 in these Remote Subscriber Cabinets: RSC/48 (48-line outdoor cabinet) RSCI/48 (48-line indoor cabinet) For more detailed information on UMC CBAs, see the Cabinets and Components chapter of this manual.
The UMC Integrated Multiservice Access Platform, continued

UMC1000
The UMC1000 is a 120-line modular Channel Bank Assembly (CBA). Below is a photograph of the UMC1000:
In an AccessMAX system, the UMC1000 is a universal CBA, and can operate in the Local Exchange Terminal (LET), central office, or the Remote Subscriber Terminal (RST). Any UMC1000 can function as the primary or expansion CBA in a terminal. The UMC1000 has 26 slots for AccessMAX plug-in cards. Slots 25 and 26 are for PSU plug-in cards; slots 23 and 24 are for CPU plug-in cards (redundancy is optional). There are 22 general purpose slots that can house any transport, test, service, or expansion plug-in card. For more detail, see the Cabinets and Components chapter of this manual.
The UMC Integrated Multiservice Access Platform, continued

UMC1048
The UMC1048 is a 48-line modular Channel Bank Assembly. Below is a photograph of the UMC1048:
The UMC1048 CBA is interoperable with other AccessMAX products. AFC factory-installs the UMC1048 in Remote Subscriber Cabinets. It can also be installed in an indoor rack using special adapters. The UMC1048 has 14 slots. Slots 13 and 14 are for power supply units; slots 11 and 12 are for central processing units (redundancy is optional). There are ten general purpose slots for transport, test, service, or expansion plug-in cards. For more details, see the Cabinets and Components chapter of this manual.
The DMAX Integrated Multiservice Access Platform

Introduction
The DMAX is AFCs high-density broadband delivery platform and consists of the DMAX1048 and DMAX1120 Channel Bank Assemblies (CBAs). RSC/672D (672-line cabinet) The DMAX CBA is universal. Any CBA can operate in the LET, or the central office, or in the RST. Any CBA can function as the primary or expansion CBA in a terminal. AFC factory-installs the DMAX in AFCs line of remote telecom cabinets. The following Remote Subscriber Cabinets (RSCs) have two or more DMAX CBAs: RSC/240D (240-line cabinet) RSC/672D (672-line cabinet) For more information on DMAX CBAs, see the Cabinet and Component chapter of this manual.
The DMAX Integrated Multiservice Access Platform, continued

DMAX1120
The DMAX1120 is a 120-line modular Channel Bank Assembly (CBA) designed to deliver high-density broadband service. The following photograph shows the DMAX1120:
The DMAX1120 CBA has enhanced power capacity and thermal dissipation capabilities. It includes expanded vents to better accommodate forced air ventilation. A cover is also available for EMI-sensitive applications. The DMAX1120 CBA provides any take rate of DSL service from any remote terminal, along with ATM concentration over any existing transport. It is backward compatible with all traditional narrowband and wideband services. The DMAX1120 has 26 slots for AccessMAX plug-in cards. Slots 25 and 26 are for PSU plug-in cards; slots 23 and 24 are for CPU plug-in cards (redundancy is optional). The remaining 22 general purpose slots can house any transport, test, service, or expansion card. For more details on the DMAX1120, see the Cabinets and Components chapter of this manual.
The DMAX1048 Integrated Multiservice Access Platform

DMAX1048 features
The DMAX1048 CBA has the following features: 10 general purpose, 2 CPU, and 2 PSU slots Alarm contact (EXT1-EXT2) closure wire-wrap posts Node strap using wire-wrap posts Integrated fiber management surface Bank Selector switches Craft Interface port Order wire port Screw terminal strip for dual -48 Vdc powering
DMAX1048 card The DMAX1048 card cage is a pre-formed metal shelf, 18.16 cm high by cage 30.86 cm wide by 28.57 cm deep, with 14 equipment slot guides. The card
cage mounts flush with the equipment rack or can be mounted with projection brackets. The rear cover attaches to the card cage to prevent accidental electrical shorts and mechanical damage to the backplane.
Applications Section Overview

In this section
This section contains the following topics: Topic Summary of Applications Services in Universal Interface Services over V5.1 Services over V5.2 Transport Options Page Overview 12 16 17 18 19
Summary of Applications
Summary table
AccessMAX systems support a wide array of service applications. The following table shows a summary of applications and required plug-in cards.
Application ADSL
Description Asymmetrical Digital Subscriber Line: ADSL + POTS
LET Plug-In RST Plug-In Card(s) Card(s) STM1c-XCVR ADSL 2+6 STM1cu-XCVR LI-POTS ADSL 4+6 E1-XCVR
Circuits per Plug-In Card Two ADSL Six POTS Four ADSL Six POTS Six ADSL Six ADSL Six POTS Six analog
ADSL 6+0 ADSL 6+6 Centrex Virtual PBX service offered to businesses by the local phone company Direct Inward Dial service LI-POTS or E1 RI-POTS
DID DOD E&M
R-UVG
L-UVG R-UVG E&M
Direct Outward Dial service L-UVG 2-wire or 4-wire E&M service usually used in Central Office Continuous ring when specified signal is received Foreign exchange service applications E&M*
Six analog data Six analog data One 4-wire or three 2-wire Six 2-wire Six 2-wire
Part 1 of 3
Firebar ringing FXO/FXS
L-UVG* L-UVG
R-UVG R-UVG
Continued
Application ISDN
Description
Leased line
Integrated Services Digital Network. BRA (basic rate) applications; two 64-kbps (voice or data) B-channels and one 16-kbps (data) D-channels PRA (Primary Rate Access) E1-XCVR E1X-XCVR Analog, non-switched, 2- or IATO* 4-wire service Analog 2-wire Analog 2-wire Continuous power and transmission while on-hook Analog 2-wire pre-pay (CF), post-pay (DTF), and 12or16 kHz switch service applications Local PBX trunk service applications Private Line Automatic Ringdown hotline service Analog 2-wire Plain Old Telephone Service Symmetric High Bit Rate R-UVG* R-UVG* R-UVG LI-APOTS
LET Plug-In Card(s) LI-ISDN
RST Plug-In Card(s) RI-ISDN
Circuits per Plug-In Card Six 2B+D digital
E1-XCVR E1X-XCVR IATO
30 2B+D Six 2-wire or three 4-wire Six analog Six analog Six 2-wire Six public phone
Off premise extension Off premise PBX On-hook transmission Public phone
L-UVG L-UVG L-UVG R1-APOTS
PBX PLAR POTS
L-UVG R-UVG* LI-POTS LI-APOTS L-UVG STM1c-XCVR
R-UVG R-UVG RI-POTS RI-APOTS R-UVG SHDSL R-UVG
Six analog Six 2-wire Six POTS
SHDSL
Switched Analog 2-wire switched data L-UVG private line or voice applications * Plug-in card resides in the terminal that delivers the service.
Six G.SHDSL data Six analog
Part 2 of 3
Continued
Application ISDN
Description
Leased line
Integrated Services Digital Network. BRA (basic rate) applications; two 64-kbps (voice or data) B-channels and one 16-kbps (data) D-channels PRA (Primary Rate Access) E1-XCVR E1X-XCVR Analog, non-switched, 2- or IATO* 4-wire service Analog 2-wire Analog 2-wire Continuous power and transmission while on-hook Analog 2-wire pre-pay (CF), post-pay (DTF), and 12or16 kHz switch service applications Local PBX trunk service applications Private Line Automatic Ringdown hotline service Analog 2-wire Plain Old Telephone Service Symmetric High Bit Rate R-UVG* R-UVG* R-UVG LI-APOTS
LET Plug-In Card(s) LI-ISDN
RST Plug-In Card(s) RI-ISDN
Circuits per Plug-In Card Six 2B+D digital
E1-XCVR E1X-XCVR IATO
30 2B+D Six 2-wire or three 4-wire Six analog Six analog Six 2-wire Six public phone
Off premise extension Off premise PBX On-hook transmission Public phone
L-UVG L-UVG L-UVG R1-APOTS
PBX PLAR POTS
L-UVG R-UVG* LI-POTS LI-APOTS L-UVG STM1c-XCVR
R-UVG R-UVG RI-POTS RI-APOTS R-UVG SHDSL R-UVG
Six analog Six 2-wire Six POTS
SHDSL
Switched Analog 2-wire switched data L-UVG private line or voice applications * Plug-in card resides in the terminal that delivers the service.
Six G.SHDSL data Six analog
Part 2 of 3
Continued
Application E1 (intact)
Description Line-powered intact (non-channelized) at 2.048 Mbps
E1 (intact)
E1 and fractional E1
E1 and fractional E1 E1 and fractional E1 VoATM
Non line-powered intact (non-channelized) at 2.048 Mbps Line-powered channelized at 32 (64-kbps). Groom individual channels to a channelized E1 Line-powered channelized at 32 (64-kbps) Non line-powered channelized
LET Plug-In Card(s) E1A E1HD-XCVR (PairGain) E1HD-XCVR (ADTRAN) E1AX
RST Plug-In Card(s) E1A E1HD-XCVR (PairGain) E1HD-XCVR (ADTRAN) E1AX
Circuits per Plug-In Card One circuit
One circuit
E1-XCVR E1HD-XCVR (PairGain) E1HD-XCVR (ADTRAN) E1X-XCVR
E1-XCVR E1HD-XCVR (PairGain) E1HD-XCVR (ADTRAN) E1X-XCVR
Up to 30 64-kbps channels Up to 32 64-kbps channels Up to 30 64-kbps channels Six G.SHDSL
Voice over Asynchronous STM1c-XCVR, SHDSL Transfer Mode STM1cu-XCVR * Plug-in card resides in the terminal that delivers the service.
Part 3 of 3
For more information on provisioning these services, see the AccessMAX User Interface manual. For more information on these plug-in cards, see the Plug-In Cards section of this manual.
Services in Universal Interface

Summary table
The table below lists applications and services that AccessMAX supports in a universal configuration, with the plug-in cards required at the LET and RST. Service over Universal Interface LET Plug-In Card RST Plug-In Card POTS circuits via ADSL card LI-POTS ADSL 2+6 ADSL 4+6 ADSL 6+6 DID R-UVG L-UVG DOD L-UVG R-UVG E&M E&M E&M Firebar ringing L-UVG R-UVG FXO/FXS L-UVG R-UVG ISDN LI-ISDN RI-ISDN Leased line IATO* IATO Off premise extension R-UVG* L-UVG Off premise PBX R-UVG* L-UVG Continuous on-hook transmission L-UVG R-UVG Public phone 12kHz or 16kHz LI-APOTS RI-APOTS Public phone CF LI-APOTS RI-APOTS PBX L-UVG R-UVG PLAR R-UVG* R-UVG POTS LI-POTS RI-POTS LI-APOTS RI-APOTS L-UVG R-UVG Switched private line L-UVG R-UVG * Plug-in card resides in the terminal that delivers the service. For more information on provisioning these services, see the AccessMAX User Interface manual. For more information on these plug-in cards, see the Plug-In Cards section of this manual.
Services over V5.1

Summary table
The following table lists services that AccessMAX systems support in a V5.1 interface and the plug-in cards required at the RST. When using an integrated interface with the local exchange, you do not need service plug-in cards at the LET. Service over V5.1 Interface ADSL (POTS) RST Plug-In Card ADSL 2+6 ADSL 4+6 ADSL 6+6 L-UVG R-UVG R-UVG RI-APOTS R-UVG RI-POTS RI-APOTS RI-VPOTS
DID DOD Firebar ringing Public phone 16kHz or 12 kHz PBX Analog Trunk POTS
For plug-in cards requirements and information on provisioning AccessMAX systems for a V5.1 interface with the local exchange, see the AccessMAX User Interface manual and the V5 Application Guide. For more information on these plug-in cards, refer to the Plug-In Cards section of this manual.
Services over V5.2

Summary table
The following table lists services that AccessMAX systems support over a V5.2 interface and the plug-in cards required at the RST. When using an integrated interface with the local exchange, you do not need service plug-in cards at the LET. Service over V5.2 Interface ADSL (POTS) RST Plug-In Card ADSL 2+6 ADSL 4+6 ADSL 6+6 L-UVG R-UVG R-UVG RI-ISDN RI-APOTS R-UVG RI-POTS
DID DOD Firebar ringing ISDN Public phone 16kHz or 12 kHz PBX POTS
For plug-in cards requirements and information on provisioning the AccessMAX system for a V5.2 interface with the local exchange, see the AccessMAX User Interface manual and the V5 Application Guide. For more information on these plug-in cards, refer to the Plug-In Cards section of this manual.
Transport Options
Summary table
The table below lists transport options that the AccessMAX system supports, with the plug-in cards required. LET Plug-In Card Fiber FO-XCVR FOW-XCVR FOB-XCVR STM1c-XCVR Line-powered E1 E1-XCVR E1HD-XCVR (ADTRAN) E1HD-XCVR (PairGain) Non-line powered E1 E1X-XCVR STM1c STM1x-XCVR Wireless: Spread Spectrum Radio SSR-XCVR Transport Option RST Plug-In Card FO-XCVR FOW-XCVR FOB-XCVR STM1c-XCVR E1-XCVR E1HD-XCVR (ADTRAN) E1HD-XCVR (PairGain) E1X-XCVR STM1c-XCVR SSR-XCVR
ATM Solutions Section Overview

In this section
This section contains the following topics: Topic Connection Admission Control ATM Uplink Aggregation Native ATM EdgeAccess ATM Mixed ATM Voice over Packet Page Overview 22 24 25 27 29 34
Introduction
With Release 8.0EE, AFC offers transport, and network interface solutions to support ATM transport and Voice over Packet services, carrying both TDM and ATM traffic types: Native ATM EdgeAccess ATM Mixed ATM Voice over ATM
Connection Admission Control

Description
Connection Admission Control (CAC) is an industry standard method of evaluating the ability of an ATM network to support a connection. CAC admits EdgeAccess ATM and Native ATM connections that can be accommodated by the entire AccessMAX system, and blocks unsupported connections. The CAC function simplifies service order fulfillment and bandwidth management, and prevents over-provisioning of the system. CAC evaluates the potential impact of a new or modified Virtual Channel Connection (VCC) on existing service provided through an AccessMAX system. It checks each system element used to support the connection to ensure the path through the terminal can support the VCC without compromising any existing VCC. This includes checking for the needed physical resources at each ATM element the VCC will traverse. CAC determines whether the bandwidth resources of the system are sufficient to support connections based on user-defined CAC parameters, including the Traffic Descriptor Profile and service category assigned to each VCC. If a VCC exceeds terminal resources at provisioning time, CAC blocks the connection and displays an alarm for the upstream endpoint of the VCC. A blocked connection remains in this state until more network capacity becomes available, or until it is deleted from the database. CAC automatically adjusts to changes in the network capacity. The following system conditions must be met to initiate CAC: A physical path exists between the VCC source and destination. Both the source and destination plug-in cards are functional. The VCC is provisioned through AccessManager or the Craft User Interface.
Continued on next page
CAC functions
Connection Admission Control, continued

CAC functions, Once these system conditions are met, the following events trigger CAC:
continued
An attempt to set up or modify an ATM connection in an AccessMAX system. A change to the traffic descriptor profile of a provisioned and/or established VCC. Note: Changing a traffic descriptor profile to 0 does not trigger CAC. An AccessMAX resource recovers from a failure, requiring connection reestablishment. Modifying any system or uplink CAC parameters. Modifying a terminal ATM mode.
ATM Uplink Aggregation

Description
ATM uplink aggregation is a new AccessMAX system feature that expands system usability and deployment options. This feature enables aggregation of STM1c-XCVR uplinks into one uplink to the ATM switch. With the ability to deploy the STM1c-XCVR as a service card, one AccessMAX LET provides the central aggregation point for individual AccessMAX LET systems, and interfaces to the ATM network. The cost benefits of deploying ATM uplink aggregation in the AccessMAX system include: STM1c port cost savings in the ATM switch. Eliminating the cost of external ATM aggregation solutions. ATM uplink aggregation is an optional feature enabled via 8.0EE software. A software fee applies. For more information, contact Applications Engineering.
Benefits
Native ATM
Description
AFCs Native ATM solution provides broadband and end-to-end ATM-based xDSL service, connecting the subscribers ATM interface to a core ATM network. This solution supports higher levels of ATM data traffic through the AccessMAX system, and simultaneously carries legacy TDM services, data, and Voice over ATM. The three sections of the access network are: Network interface to the ATM switch or router Broadband STM1c transport to the remote location Customer interface
ADSL 2+6, 4+6, 6+0, 6+6, or SHDSL PSTN V5.1, V5.2 STM1c ATM STM1c LET Broadband Network Interface RST Broadband Transport Customer Interface
The Native ATM solution (also referred to as ATM end-to-end) optimizes all three sections. In the network interface sections, an STM1c-XCVR or STM1cu-XCVR plug-in card uplinks to an ATM network. The broadband transport section of the AccessMAX system provides transport via STM1c. In the customer interface section, AFCs ADSL 2+6, 4+6, 6+0, 6+6, or SHDSL plug-in cards access the customer premise equipment (CPE). The Native ATM solution carries both TDM and ATM traffic over a single STM1c transport span (optionally, two spans can provide redundant transport). Data is provisionable up to 500 Mbps per AccessMAX CBA. The TDM traffic is converted to ATM cells before it is transported to the LET. At the LET, the TDM traffic is converted back to TDM and groomed off to the TDM network (PSTN), and the ATM traffic is handed off to the ATM network. For more information on Native ATM xDSL services, see the AccessMAX xDSL Application Guide.
Native ATM, continued

Native ATM features
Native ATM xDSL services include the following features in Release 8.0EE: End-to-end ATM transport ITU G.992.1 and G.992.2, ANSI T1.413, and G.Lite ADSL standards available Three Quality of Service categories: constant bit rate (CBR), unspecified bit rate (UBR), and real time variable bit rate (rt-VBR) Provisionable ADSL and SHDSL line parameters Up to 255 pre-provisionable ADSL port profiles for ease of port assignment Up to 255 pre-provisionable SHDSL port profiles for ease of port assignment ADSL 2+6 plug-in card (two ADSL circuits and six POTS circuits) ADSL 4+6 plug-in card (four ADSL circuits and six POTS circuits) ADSL 6+0 plug-in card (six ADSL circuits) ADSL 6+6 plug-in card (six ADSL circuits and six POTS circuits; G.Lite only) SHDSL plug-in card (6 SHDSL circuits; G.SHDSL only) STM1c-XCVR plug-in card as an uplink, interterminal transport, or ATM service STM1cu-XCVR plug-in card as uplink Data provisionable for up to 500 Mbps per AccessMAX CBA Connection Admission Control
EdgeAccess ATM
Description
AFCs EdgeAccess ATM solution provides cost-effective ATM-based (narrowband) ADSL services throughout the access network. There are three sections of the access segment of your network: Network interface to the ATM switch or router Local access transport to the remote location Customer interface
PSTN
Universal, V5.1, V5.2
STM1cu E1
LET
Fiber or Copper
RST ADSL
ATM
Network Interface
Local Access Transport
Customer Interface
The EdgeAccess ATM solution (also referred to as ATM over TDM, or AoT) addresses all three sections. In the network interface section, an STM1cu-XCVR, STM1cu-XCVR, E1-XCVR, or E1X-XCVR plug-in card uplinks to an ATM network. In the local access transport section, the AccessMAX system provides transport via copper or fiber. In the customer interface section, AFCs ADSL 2+6, 4+6, 6+0, 6+6 or SHDSL plug-in cards access the customer premise equipment (CPE). EdgeAccess ATM ADSL services work in any universal topology or integrated interface (V5.1 or V5.2). The EdgeAccess ATM solution carries ATM traffic over TDM (AoT). Data is provisionable up to 43 Mbps per AccessMAX CBA. The ATM traffic is multiplexed into TDM pipes and carried through the system. At the edge of the network, it is converted back to standards-based ATM traffic to interface to the ATM network or xDSL modem. For more information on EdgeAccess ATM xDSL services, see the AccessMAX xDSL Application Guide.
EdgeAccess ATM, continued

EdgeAccess ATM features
EdgeAccess ATM ADSL service has the following features in Release 8.0EE: ATM over TDM (AoT) transport ITU G.992.1 and G.992.2, ANSI T1.413, and G.Lite ADSL standards available Quality of Service category: unspecified bit rate (UBR) Up to 255 pre-provisionable ADSL port profiles for ease of port assignment ADSL 2+6 plug-in card (two ADSL circuits and six POTS circuits) ADSL 4+6 plug -in card (four ADSL circuits and six POTS circuits) ADSL 6+0 plug-in card (six ADSL circuits) ADSL 6+6 plug-in card (six ADSL circuits and six POTS circuits) SHDSL plug-in card (six SHDSL circuits, G.SHDSL only) STM1c-XCVR plug-in card STM1cu-XCVR (for use as a concentrator or data uplink) E1X-XCVR or E1-XCVR plug-in card (for use as a data uplink, when combined with an STM1cu-XCVR concentrator) CPU-2 or CPU-3 plug-in card Data provisionable for up to 512 64-kbps channels per AccessMAX CBA Connection Admission Control
Mixed ATM
Using mixed ATM solutions
The AccessMAX system supports mixed ATM solutions, where some connections are Native ATM and some are EdgeAccess ATM. You may expand existing systems and deploy Native ATM as warranted by service demands. AccessMAX Release 8.0EE supports a mix of Native ATM and EdgeAccess ATM terminals as follows: If the LET uses... Native ATM Then any single RST must use... Native ATM or EdgeAccess ATM, but cannot support both solutions simultaneously. EdgeAccess ATM only.
EdgeAccess ATM
An AccessMAX LET supports a mix of Native ATM and EdgeAccess ATM shelves as follows: If the primary shelf uses... Native ATM Then the expansion shelves can be... Native ATM or EdgeAccess ATM with some limitations. For more information, see the AccessMAX xDSL Application Guide. EdgeAccess ATM only.
EdgeAccess ATM
Mixed ATM, continued

Native ATM configuration
An example of an end-to-end Native ATM network follows:
S T M 1 c
C P U 3
R I P O T S
S T M 1 c
S T M 1 c
A D S L
C P U 3
R I P O T S
S T M 1 c
A D S L
C P U 3
LET
RST3
RST6
Broadband End-to-End
= narrowband = broadband
EdgeAccess ATM configuration
An example of an end-to-end EdgeAccess ATM network follows:
E 1 / F O
C P U 2
E 1 / F O
E 1 / F O
R I P O T S
C P U 2
E 1 / F O
R I P O T S
C P U 2
LET
RST2
RST5
Narrowband End-to-End
b d

Mixed ATM configuration
An example of a network with Native ATM and EdgeAccess ATM terminals follows. In this example RST1 can provide Native ATM ADSL, and RST2 can only provide EdgeAccess ATM ADSL:
S T M 1 c
C P U 3
R I P O T S
S T M 1 c
E 1
A D S L
C P U 3
A D S L
E 1
R I P O T S
C P U 2
LET
RST4
RST1
Partial Broadband Build-Out

= narrowband = broadband

Definitions Native ATM solution
The Native ATM solution carries ATM cells directly over an ATM-only physical layer via STM1c-XCVR and CPU-3 plug-in cards. This solution carries legacy TDM services, data, and Voice over ATM.
ATM end-to-end
A network where Native ATM connections run throughout.

EdgeAccess ATM solution
The EdgeAccess ATM solution carries ATM cells over TDM (AoT) via E1, fiber-optic, or E3 media.
ATM over TDM (AoT)
The technology used to carry ATM over TDM networks.

Mixed ATM solution
The Mixed ATM solution uses both EdgeAccess ATM and Native ATM connections in a network.
Native ATM terminal
A terminal in which all xDSL plug-in cards are set to use Native ATM connections only. In a Native ATM terminal, all VCCs originating on the subscriber side use the cell bus.
EdgeAccess ATM terminal
A terminal in which all xDSL plug-in cards are set to use EdgeAccess ATM connections only. In an EdgeAccess ATM terminal, all VCCs originating on the subscriber side use the TDM bus.
Native ATM primary shelf
A primary shelf where the cell bus is active. A primary shelf uses the Native ATM solution if it has a CPU-3 plug-in card, STM1c transport, and a broadband backplane.
EdgeAccess ATM primary shelf
A primary shelf where the cell bus is not active. A primary shelf uses the EdgeAccess solution if it has a CPU-2 plug-in card.

Definitions, continued Native ATM expansion shelf
A shelf connected to a Native ATM primary shelf with the intershelf link facilitated over fiber-optic connections between the ELU-3 and EBC-3 plug-in cards.
EdgeAccess ATM expansion shelf
A shelf connected to an EdgeAccess ATM or Native ATM primary shelf with the intershelf link facilitated over fiber-optic connections between the ELU and EBC plug-in cards.
Voice over Packet

Description
AFC is a leader in migrating to Voice over Packet (VoP) technologies. AFCs voice over ATM (VoATM) solution provides a single network connection that manages and delivers data and voice services. VoATM combines data and voice over a single packet-cell-based infrastructure, facilitating higher performance, greater flexibility, and faster service deployment. Release 8.0EE delivers VoATM services with an integrated access device (IAD) coupled with an AFC AccessMAX integrated multiservice access platform. It effectively delivers end-to-end voice over ATM technology. This enables a single network connection supporting voice and data services. There are three sections of the access segment of your network. AFCs VoATM solution addresses all three sections.
V5 or universal
LET
V5 or universal
STM1c STM1c STM1c STM1c STM1c Gateway
Network Interface
Transport
Customer Interface
In the network interface section, an STM1c-XCVR plug-in card uplinks to an ATM network, and delivers all servicesvoice, data, and videoover a single connection. In the transport section, the AccessMAX system provides STM1c transport between the LET and the RSTa single converged transport for all services in the network, with high-bandwidth, resiliency and guaranteed quality of service. In the customer interface section, an ADSL or G.SHDSL signal running over a single pair from a remote terminal connects with the IAD.
Voice over Packet, continued

Description, continued
AFCs ADSL or SHDSL plug-in card enables connection to the IAD. The IAD encapsulates analog voice and digital data at the edge of the network into ATM cells, then aggregates voice and data cells, and transports the ATM cells to the xDSL card. The ATM cells are transported through the AccessMAX system to the voice gateway or softswitch via STM1c. The voice gateway isolates the voice ATM cells and re-translates them into 64-kbps channels, and then hands voice channels in TDM format to a PSTN switch. Or the softswitch processes the call and routes the request to the appropriate termination, which can be another subscriber or a trunk to another PSTN softswitch or classic switch.
VoATM features VoATM services include the following features in Release 8.0EE:
ATM transport across ADSL and G.SHDSL spans Voice over ATM via AAL2 and AAL1 Three Quality of Service categories: constant bit rate (CBR), unspecified bit rate (UBR), and real time variable bit rate (rt-VBR) End-to-end management of the ATM connections Up to 255 pre-provisionable SHDSL port profiles for ease of port assignment Up to 255 pre-provisionable ADSL port profiles for east of port assignment Up to 4,096 pre-provisionable ATM VCC profiles for ease of configuring the virtual connections the ADSL family of plug-in cards the STM1c-XCVR plug-in card SHDSL plug-in card Compatible with a variety of industry-standard voice gateways
Design Section Overview

In this section
This section contains the following topics: Topic Architecture Capabilities Bandwidth Capacity Expansion Software Page Overview 38 39 41 43 44
Architecture
Architectural elements
The AccessMAX systems unique and flexible architecture delivers economical service capabilities over a broad range of line sizes. Several basic elements, described in this manual, comprise the AccessMAX architecture. Using various configurations of these basic elements, AccessMAX delivers POTS, data, enhanced telephone services over fiber, E1, and analog (radio) transport media. Provision services in Point-to-Point, Star, Drop-and-Insert, and Tree topologies. Provision universal configuration, as well as V5.1 and V5.2 direct switch interface configurations. All AccessMAX elements function to make the entire system open and flexible. Because most service options are software programmable from the AccessMAX Craft Interface and AccessManager, most plug-in cards have no hardware strapping requirements. AccessMAX consists of two terminal elements, the Local Exchange Terminal (LET) and the Remote Subscriber Terminal (RST). For more information, see Elements on page Overview 45.
Capabilities
Integrated Multiservice Access design
The design of AccessMAX follows one fundamental principle: the customers network and service requirements should dictate the configuration and capabilities of end-to-end distributed multiservice access solutions for the local loop, rather than system capabilities or network architecture limitations determining the users options. Holding to that principle, the AccessMAX product family consists of a variety of industry-leading, Integrated Multiservice Access Platforms with integrated optics and intelligent CPE. The platform uses a hybrid ATM/TDM architecture. It provides a variety of loop interfaces for voice, HDSL, ISDN, and SHDSL services over various transport media, including E1, STM1, fiber, and wireless. The high density capabilities of AccessMAX makes it well suited for urban environments where space is at a premium in either the local exchange building or at the remote sitewhether the remote terminal is equipped in a cabinet or rack mounted in a building or controlled environmental vault (CEV). A single AccessMAX system can serve over 2,000 subscribers. A single CBA provides up to 120 lines of service, making the system cost-effective in medium- and low-density environments. The AccessMAX architecture allows a common access facility to share multiple services and provide efficient bandwidth allocation.
Capabilities, continued
AccessMAX terminals
AccessMAX terminals generally consist of one or more 26-slot CBAs (the UMC1048 and DMAX1048 CBAs have 14-slots). Each full-sized CBA consists of two central processing unit slots, two power supply unit slots, and 22 general purpose card slots (10 general purpose slots in smaller CBAs). Several unique design features in the CBA make it especially flexible and cost effective: Each CBA provides both common control and distribution of service. You do not need a separate common control shelf or ringing generator. This keeps start-up costs for the AccessMAX system low. Install any AccessMAX service or transceiver plug-in card into any general purpose slot. All AccessMAX plug-in cards are the same physical size. With these characteristics, AccessMAX integrates easily into various network architectures to provide the necessary mix of services for any application. The AccessMAX CBA is universal: the same CBA functions at both the central office and at remote sites. Redeploy any CBA from one site to another, regardless of environmental and functional requirements.
Bandwidth Capacity
Introduction
The following parameters determine the bandwidth capacity for the AccessMAX system: Channels per system CBAs per terminal Data link/timing source slots per CBA Transport between terminals
Channels per system
In a V5.2 interface configuration, AccessMAX supports 2,016 subscribers with 3:1 concentration. This concentration ratio supports up to 672 active calls with 2,016 port assignments, which correspond to 2,016 AccessMAX channel assignments. A Universal application supports 672 active calls and 960 cross-connects.
CBAs per terminal
Any AccessMAX Local Exchange Terminal (LET) or Remote Subscriber Terminal (RST) can support up to eight CBAs, including one primary CBA and seven expansion CBAs.
Data link/timing Each full-sized CBA consists of 26 slots for plug-in cards. Four slots are source slots reserved for common control. Each of the 22 general purpose slots can carry per CBA
the data link between terminals and provide timing for any special circuits or transport links. When used for interterminal transport, the FO-XCVR, FOB-XCVR, or FOW-XCVR support the full 672 channel bandwidth. Each E1 card supports 30, 64-kbps channels. E1 interterminal transport bandwidth is limited by the channels supported by the equipped facilities.
Transport between terminals
Bandwidth Capacity, continued

Transport between terminals,
continued
Each STM1 card supports up to 155 Mbps of interterminal transport when provisioned as a transceiver. 50 Mbps are reserved for the TDM backplane, 5 Mbps are reserved for ATM overhead, and the remaining 100 Mbps are available for Native ATM traffic. Use multiple E1, STM1c, and/or fiber transceiver plug-in cards to provide over 2,000 channels from one RST to up to 31 additional terminals. Each LET supports a maximum of 32 remote terminals.
Expansion
Additional CBA To expand AccessMAX systems, add one or more CBAs linked to the primary shelves CBA by fiber-optic cable. Configure each AccessMAX system for up to 2,048
subscribers with a maximum of eight CBAs per terminal.

Expansion plug-in cards
To expand a broadband terminal, use the Expansion Link Unit 3 (ELU-3) and Expansion Bank Control 3 (EBC-3) plug-in cards. The ELU-3 provides the system connection from a primary broadband shelf to each broadband expansion shelf in the terminal. The EBC-3 provides the microprocessor-based control for each broadband expansion shelf. The fiber connection carrying ATM traffic between the ELU-3 and EBC-3 operates at a rate of 155 Mbps. To expand a narrowband terminal, use the Expansion Link Unit (ELU) and Expansion Bank Control (EBC) plug-in cards. The ELU provides the system connection from the primary narrowband shelf to each narrowband expansion shelf. The EBC provides the microprocessor-based control for each narrowband expansion shelf. The fiber connection between the ELU and EBC operates at a rate of 49.152 Mbps.
Expansion benefits
The expansion feature of the AccessMAX design offers several benefits: Buy enough plug-in cards to support the current capacity. Purchase additional cards later based on service demand. To add expansion shelves, add EBC and ELU plug-in cards, plus a cable, rather than additional CPUs. The slots in all CBAs are multi-purpose. Add remote terminals from the LET in Drop-and-Insert, Tree, and Star configurations. Use up to a maximum of 32 remotes, up to 5 spans from the last remote to the LET.
Software
Description
Provision the AccessMAX system via software that allows you to turn up and manage complex network architectures. System software also allows the AccessMAX to manage a fully integrated 1/0 digital cross-connect. Many AccessMAX configurations have plug-and-play capabilities. System software recognizes and manages plug-in cards at the far end of a working transport span. Each AccessMAX software release offers new and enhanced capabilities described in the General Release Description issued with the release. The power of AccessMAX system software derives from its terminal management capabilities, in addition to the menu-driven Craft Interface. The Craft Interface operates with any standard modem and communications software, or over Telnet using the IPMI plug-in card. For instructions on the appropriate modem settings for the AccessMAX CBA, see the AccessMAX Turn-Up, Test, and Maintenance manual. Each CPU plug-in card contains the factory-installed system software. Upgrade system software in the field using the AccessMAX Utility Package (AUP) and Upgrade Guide. You can manage your entire AccessMAX system with AFCs element management system, AccessManager. For more information on the GUI (graphical user interface)-based software, see the AccessManager User Guide or call AFC Applications Engineering.
Craft interface
AUP
Access Manager
Elements Section Overview

In this section
This section contains the following topics: Topic Local Exchange Terminal Remote Subscriber Terminal Remote Subscriber Cabinets Page Overview 46 47 48
Local Exchange Terminal

Description
The AccessMAX LET (Local Exchange Terminal) normally resides in the central office (CO). It interfaces to the CO switch via analog or E1 facilities, depending on the type of switch interface. Services may originate or terminate at the LET. In universal configurations, the LET interfaces to the Local Exchange Switch and links to the Remote Subscriber Terminal (RST). The LET also provides Craft Interface and alarm connections in the CO. Each LET can support more than 2,000 subscribers distributed among as many as 32 RSTs in various network architectures. Subscriber services can consist of any combination of POTS, public phone, DID, DOD, PBX, ADSL, SHDSL, ISDN, E&M, E1, digital or analog data, and other services.
Channel bank assembly
The fundamental building block for the AccessMAX system is the Channel Bank Assembly (CBA). It is universal, operating in both the LET and in the RST. Any CBA can function as the primary CBA or an expansion CBA. All CBAs are functionally compatible. A drawing of a full-sized UMC1000 CBA with the slots labeled to indicate the minimum configuration for a single CBA system follows (the same minimum configuration applies to the DMAX1120):
Note: The smaller CBAs (UMC1048, DMAX1048) have 14 slots: two PSU plug-in card slots, two CPU plug-in card slots, and 10 general purpose slots.
Remote Subscriber Terminal

Description
Locate the AccessMAX Remote Subscriber Terminal (RST) in customer serving areas. The RST links to other RSTs, to the LET, or directly to the central office switch, depending on the application. Various transport media may link the RSTs. Services can originate or terminate at an RST. An RST can mount in a rack inside a remote switch building or CEV. RSTs may also reside in indoor housings in a telephone utilities building or inside an equipment room on the subscribers premise. Finally, an RST may be factory-installed in one of AccessMAXs specially designed, environmentally sealed and hardened Remote Subscriber Cabinets (RSCs). The RSCs range in size from 48 to 2,000 lines. For more information, see Remote Subscriber Cabinets on page Overview 48. Remote Subscriber Terminals use local AC power or are powered from the LET or other RSTs. Battery backup is also available. As with the LET, the first CBA in the RST functions as the primary CBA. All additional CBAs serve as expansion CBAs.
Remote Subscriber Cabinets

Outdoor cabinets
AFCs outdoor telecom housings for AccessMAX systems are environmentally hardened and sealed to protect the equipment inside. A list of outdoor Remote Subscriber Cabinets follows: The RSC/48 delivers up to 48 lines of service in a pole, pad, wall, or H-frame mounted cabinet. The RSC/360 delivers up to 360 lines in a pad-mounted cabinet. The RSC/480 delivers up to 480 lines in a pad-mounted cabinet. The RSC/67D2 delivers up to 672 lines in a pad-mounted cabinet.
Indoor cabinets AFC also makes indoor housings to place the AccessMAX system inside a
building in a non-rack mounted configuration. Applications for indoor housings include office buildings, schools, or other customer premise telephone utilities rooms. A list of indoor cabinets follows: The RSCI/48 accommodates up to 48 lines in an indoor cabinet. The RSCI/48 stands on feet or casters or mounts on the wall. The RSCI/480 accommodates up to 480 lines in an indoor cabinet. The RSCI/480 stands on feet or on casters.
Transport Media Section Overview

In this section
This section contains the following topics: Topic Fiber-Optic Transport E1 Transport Page Overview 50 51
Description
Each transmission span carries an interterminal data link. The data link carries ATM data traffic and messages for 64-kbps channel allocation, provisioning, maintenance, traffic statistics, testing, and administration. Data link and channel redundancy requires redundant spans. A transceiver sending timing to another terminal may reside on any shelf. However, the transceiver receiving timing from another terminal must reside in the primary shelf.
System timing
Fiber-Optic Transport
STM1c transport media
The AccessMAX system supports STM1c interterminal transport, delivering higher levels of ATM data traffic between terminals. When provisioned as an interterminal transceiver, the STM1c-XCVR plug-in card supports both EdgeAccess ATM and Native ATM connections. It has a 155-Mbps interface. The card uses PowerMAX and heat dissipation technologies available with the DMAX1120 Channel Bank Assembly (CBA). The STM1c-XCVR must reside in the primary shelf. It may be inserted into any of the 22 general purpose slots, and populate 100% of a single DMAX1120 shelf. To upgrade the system from copper to fiber transport, replace multiple E1s or analog transceiver plug-in cards with STM1c transceiver plug-in cards. Use single ports of STM1c transceivers in place of numerous E1 transport spans. The conversion is quick, easy, and cost-effective.
Fiber-optic transport media
The AccessMAX system allows use of redundant or non-redundant fiber-optic spans for transport. The fully integrated fiber multiplexing capabilities make fiber transport applications simple and inexpensive. The AccessMAX system does not require a separate fiber multiplexer or common control shelf, nor does it require E1 links between the fiber multiplexer and a subscriber channel bank. Instead, an AccessMAX fiber-optic transceiver, seated in any of the CBA general purpose slots, links directly to all subscriber services provisioned from an LET or RST through the CBA backplane. The AccessMAX fiber transceiver plug-in cards provide a 49.152-Mbps optical link that allows non-blocking transport of all narrowband and wideband services deployed from any AccessMAX terminal. To upgrade the system from copper to fiber transport, replace E1 or analog transceiver plug-in cards with fiber transceiver plug-in cards. The conversion is quick, easy, and inexpensive. Most importantly, the conversion does not affect customers in service, whether they are on-hook or off-hook.
E1 Transport
E1 transport media
The AccessMAX system handles all types of E1 transport media. Use copper facilities by assigning E1 spans as the transport media between terminals. Environmentally hardened, line-powering E1 transceiver cards power repeaters, and provide sealing current. Use non-line powering plug-in E1 transceiver cards for DSX applications. Use HDSL E1 spans by assigning HDSL transceivers. HDSL transceivers can power doublers.
Concentration
The AccessMAX system allows flexible concentration of traffic over all E1 facilities. Serve high-traffic applications via non-concentrated E1 facilities to maintain non-blocking service even during peak business hours. Add protection spans at your discretion. Configure lower traffic volume locations, such as suburban or rural residential areas, with fewer E1 spans to provide any desired level of traffic concentration. In all cases, employing multiple spans protects against span failures. AccessMAX systems automatically reroute traffic from failed spans to functional spans. Populate an RST with any number of E1 transceivers (2.048 Mbps each), up to the limit of the AccessMAX backplane. To establish concentration, provision the LET and/or RST with fewer E1 transceivers than necessary to provide non-concentrated service. Provision the concentration ratio depending on the call volume expected in a given area. Calculate the concentration ratio by dividing the number of subscriber lines by the appropriate multiple of 30, according to the number of E1 spans available. For example, for 276 subscriber lines supported by three E1 spans, the concentration ratio is three to one (3:1). For 360 subscriber lines using three E1 spans, the concentration ratio is four to one (4:1).
E1 Transport, continued
Groomed circuits
Grooming E1 channels is easy through the AccessMAX Craft Interface, as is defining the attributes of groomed E1 channels.
Timing sources You can specify E1 spans as potential timing sources for the LET and RSTs.
Selecting multiple E1 spans as timing sources sets up a timing safety net. If the first specified E1 span fails, the AccessMAX system searches for the next specified E1 span. A transceiver sending timing to another terminal may reside on any shelf. However, the transceiver receiving timing from another terminal must reside in the primary shelf.
Radio Transport
Description
The AccessMAX system supports telephony services over a spread spectrum radio transport facility. Installing a Spread Spectrum Radio Transceiver (SSR-XCVR) at both the LET and RST in any of the multi-purpose slots in the AccessMAX CBA enables a full-duplex radio link. The SSR-XCVR is ideal for transmission over rough terrain or water where other transport media are ineffective or cost-prohibitive. The SSR-XCVR transmits and receives 30, 64-kbps channels of voice or data over a line-of-sight microwave link. The SSR-XCVR operates over the frequency band of 2.4002.4835 GHz. An optional interface allows transmission over a 5.7255.850 GHz frequency band. These frequency ranges are often license-free. The link carries data at 2.048 Mbps. Under certain conditions, the system can manage two 30-channel interfaces on the same microwave span. For more information, refer to the Spread Spectrum Radio Application Guide.
Powering
Description
The basic power element of the AccessMAX system is the Universal Power Assembly (UPA). It is a modern, robust, and flexible power system. The UPA combines the latest technology with a modular, plug-in approach to provide a wide variety of economical powering options. The UPAs backplane assembly provides connections and wiring for a wide range of plug-in cards. To provision the UPA for a particular application, equip the assembly with the appropriate types and quantities of plug-in cards. See the Cabinets and Components section of this manual and the AccessMAX Turn-Up, Test, and Maintenance manual for more information on configuring the UPA. The AccessMAX system is also compatible with various third-party charger/rectifiers. Contact AFC Applications Engineering for more information.
Specifications Section Overview

In this section
This section contains the following topics: Topic Transport Media Signalling Voice Interface Ringing Dialing General Environmental Mechanical Page Overview 56 58 60 61 62 63 64 65
Transport Media
Line rate
Line rate specifications follow: E1 (including HDSL) PAIRGAIN Fiber SSR DS31 E31 E1HD ADTRAN STM1c
2.048 Mbps 32 ppm 49.152/155.52 Mbps 50 ppm 2.048 Mbps 44.736 Mbps 20 ppm 34 Mbps 20 ppm 32 * 64 Mbps 32 ppm 155.52 Mbps
Line code
Line code specifications follow: E1 HDSL Fiber E3I
HDB3 2B1Q Scrambled, NRZI B3ZS
Pulse amplitude
Pulse amplitude specifications follow: E1 3.0 Vpk Other Fiber -7 dBm (laser) Extended fiber (WDM) -3 dBm (laser)
ITU G.703 @ 1310 nm @ 1550 nm
Impedance
Transceiver impedance specifications follows Transceiver Type E1-XCVR E1HD-XCVR (AD) E1HD-XCVR (PG) SSR-XCVR DS31-XCVR E3I-XCVR Impedance 100 5% (balanced) 135 135 50 75 5% 75
Transport Media, continued

Maximum span Maximum span specifications follow:
Transceiver Type E1-XCVR E1HD-XCV E1HD-ADTN E3I-XCVR FO-XCVR FOB-XCVR FOW-XCVR STM1c-XCVR SSR-XCVR
Attenuation
Maximum Span Length -36 dB @ 1024 kHz without repeaters 3.35 km (2.08miles) 3.7 km (2.29miles) 138 m (.08miles) 56 km (35 miles) 40 km (25 miles) 72.5 km (45 miles) 45 km (28 miles) 50 km (31 miles)
Attenuation specifications follow: Fiber Extended fibre (WDM) STM1c -34 dB @ 49.152/155.52 Mbps + 50 ppm -38 dB @ 49.152 Mbps -28 dB @ 155.52 Mbps
E1 signalling
E1 signalling types follow: E1 Type E1 HDSL Signalling ITU G.703 Common channel signalling 2B1Q
Companding
Specifications for companding are A-Law, eight bits per timeslot. E1 maximum repeater spacing is 36 dB. E1HD maximum doubler spacing is 35 dB.
Repeater spacing
Signalling
DC supervisory Specifications for DC supervisory follow:
Exchange Off-hook On-hook Remote DC supervisory range DC supervisory range including telephone On-hook voltage Loop current
900 , 600 25 k 1800 @ 25 mA 1930 @ 23 mA 55 Vdc and 42.75 Vdc Constant current 25 mA
Off-hook Specifications for off-hook battery reversal follow: battery reversal
LET-RST Quiet reversal option
< 50 ms < 80 ms
Forward disconnect delay
Forward disconnect delay for LETRST is < 50 msec.
Ground start
Specifications for ground start follow: Concentrated RSTLET Ring-Ground delay LETRST Tip-Ground delay Non-concentrated RSTLET Ring-Ground delay LETRST Tip-Ground delay
< 200 ms < 200 ms < 50 ms < 50 ms
Signalling, continued
Impedance
Specifications for impedance follow: I-POTS I-APOTS I-VPOTS ADSL POTS UVG County specific 600 600 600 600 + 2.16 F
Insertion loss
Insertion loss specifications follow: I-POTS I-APOTS I-VPOTS UVG 2 dB 0.5 dB (at the remote) 0 dB 0.4 dB 2 dB 0.4 dB 3 dB short loop 0 dB long loop
Return loss
Specifications for return loss G.712 and G.713 follow: 2-wire 4-wire RL > 20 dB, 400 Hz to 3 kHz RL > 28 dB, 300 Hz to 3 kHz
Voice Interface
Frequency response
Frequency response range is 300 Hz to 3.4 kHz (+0.5, -1.0 dB), compliant with ITU G.712 and ITU G.713. Idle channel noise is 20 dBrnC, compliant with ITU G.712 and ITU G.713.
Idle channel noise
Crosstalk
Line-to-line crosstalk is < -67 dBm0, compliant with ITU G.712 and ITU G.713. Longitudinal balance exceeds minimum and average performance thresholds across multiple frequency ranges as specified in ITU G.712 and ITU G.713. Amplitude tracking maximum and average deviations conform to performance thresholds across multiple input levels as specified in ITU G.712 and ITU G.713. Single frequency distortion conforms to performance thresholds across multiple frequency ranges as specified in ITU G.712 and ITU G.713.
Longitudinal balance
Amplitude tracking
Single frequency distortion
Intermodulation distortion
Intermodulation distortion conforms to minimum performance as specified in ITU G.712 and ITU G.713. Signal-to-distortion ratios conform to minimum performance thresholds across multiple frequency ranges as specified in ITU G.712 and ITU G.713.
Signal-todistortion ratio
Ringing
Ringing detection: exchange
Specifications for ringing detectionexchange appear below: 35 to 100 Vrms Minimum detection duration 14 to 55 Hz 150 ms
Ringing frequency
Specifications for ringing frequency appear below: Provisionable per system 16.7, 17.7, 18.7, 20.0, 21.0, 22.3, 23.5, 25.0, 26.4, 28.0, 29.8, 31.6, 33.3, 35.4, 37.6, 40.0, 42.2, 44.4, 47.4, 50.0 Hz
Ringing voltage Specifications for ringing voltage appear below:
Provisionable source Maximum total ring load
60, 65, 85, or 95 Vrms @ 65 Vrms > 300 (15 W rms)
Ringing delay
End-to-end ringing delay is < 200 ms. End-to-end ring distortion is < 25 ms. Ring cadence for the RST is ring following (CLASS compatible). Ringing capacity for the RST is 5 REN per line.
Ring distortion
Ring cadence
Ringing capacity
Bulk input ringing: external
Specifications for bulk input ringingexternal appear below: Ringing frequency Ringing voltage (AC) Ringing voltage (DC offset) Type 16.7 Hz to 50.0 Hz 60 to 95 Vrms -47 to -53 Vdc Continuous, grounded return
Dialing
Dial pulsing
Specifications for dial pulsing appear below: Frequency Break in Break out 8 to 12 pps 58% to 64% 46% to 74%
Signalling delay
Signalling delay is < 50 msec.
Pulse distortion
Pulse distortion is < 10 msec (open interval 50 msec to 2 sec.).
On-hook transmission
On-hook transmission specifications follow: POTS Call message waiting (provisionable) Between ring bursts Loop current feed open: 15 sec. transmission path UVG Transmit always (provisionable: on/off) Between ring bursts Loop current feed open (POTS setting only): 15 sec. transmission path
General
System
synchronization
Specifications for system synchronization follow: 2.048 Mbps external 32 ppm 2 MHz external 50 ppm ITU G.703 Composite clock
Alarms
The AccessMAX system supports critical, major, and minor alarms with alarm cut-off. Set alarm thresholds through system software. Specifications for powering follow: LET RST Local AC Charger RST Exchange DC -42 Vdc to -63 Vdc @ 4 A max 220 Vac to 110 Vac 50 Hz to 60 Hz 1.0 A E1: -130 V
Powering
Environmental
Indoor
The following specifications apply to controlled environments: Operating limit:5C to 40C inside ambient temperature Short-term limit:-5C to 50C inside ambient temperature Note: A short-term limit is not more than 96 consecutive hours, and not more than 15 days annually. 10% to 80% relative humidity
Outdoor
The following specifications apply to uncontrolled environments, with an outside ambient temperature of 46C and maximum solar load: -40C to 65C inside ambient temperature 5% to 95% relative humidity (non-condensing)
Mechanical
Channel Bank Assembly
Dimensions for the UMC1000 and DMAX1120 Channel Bank Assemblies follow: Height Width Depth 17.78 cm/4U 48.26 cm 33.02 cm
Dimensions for the UMC1048 and DMAX1048 Channel Bank Assemblies follow: Height Width Depth 17.78 cm /4U 29.21 cm 30.48 cm
Dimensions for the Euro Front Access Channel Bank Assembly follow: Height Width Depth 17.78 cm 44.45 cm 30.48 cm
Fuse and Alarm Dimensions for the Fuse and Alarm Assembly (FAA) follow: Assembly
Height Width Depth
4.44 cm /1U 48.26 cm 28.0 cm
Universal Power Assembly
Dimensions for the Universal Power Assembly (UPA) follow: Height Width Depth 13.33 cm /3U 48.26 cm 34.29 cm
Mechanical, continued
RSC/48
Dimensions for the RSC/48 follow: Height Width Depth Weight 61 cm 40.64 cm 42.41 cm 44 kg
RSCI/48
Dimensions for the RSCI/48 follow Height Width Depth Weight 83.82 cm 48.51 cm 45.97 cm 47 kg
RSC/240D
Dimensions of the RSC/240D follow: Height Width Depth Weight 149 cm 91 cm 71 cm 236 kg
RSC/360
Dimensions for the RSC/360 follow: Height Width Depth Weight 132 cm 157 cm 57.45 cm 1232 kg
Mechanical, continued
RSC/480
Dimensions for the RSC/480 follow: Height Width Depth Weight 180.00 cm 160.00 cm 56.00 cm 162.50 kg
RSCI/480
Dimensions for the RSCI/480 follow: Height Width Depth Weight 215.90 cm 69.85 cm 55.15 cm 191.25 kg
RSC/672D Dimensions
The dimensions of the RSC/672D cabinet follow: Height Width Depth Weight 1677 cm 184 cm 91 cm 771 kg
AFC AccessMAX System Description System Topologies
System Topologies Chapter Overview

In this chapter
This chapter contains the following topics: Topic System Topologies Integrated Interface Configurations Page Topology 3 11
Introduction
The AccessMAX system supports network topologies. Topologies range from simple Point-to-Point systems to complex systems with up to 32 RSTs (Remote Subscriber Terminals) configured in Star, Drop-and-Insert, and Tree topologies. RSTs interface to an LET (Local Exchange Terminal) or have a direct digital interface to the local exchange. In integrated applications, the AccessMAX system complies with TTCN for the ITU V5 specifications. These specifications provide for direct integration of RSTs into a digital local exchange equipped with a V5 interface. AccessMAX supports one E1 span in a V5.1 group and up to 22 V5.1 groups per system. AccessMAX supports from one to 16 E1 spans in a V5.2 group. Each AccessMAX system can integrate up to five V5.2 groups into the local exchange.
Integrated applications
Universal applications
In universal applications, the AccessMAX system uses a proprietary interface between terminals. This interface operates over E1, HDSL, SSR, E3I, and fiber spans. It allocates timeslots on a call-by-call basis, supporting both full-featured concentration and 1:N protection of the interface spans. The interface includes a data link between terminals, allowing remote administration, maintenance, provisioning, traffic monitoring, and testing.
2002, Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Confidential and Proprietary Information. Rev 1 Not for use or disclosure except by written agreement with AFC SD Topology 1
2002, Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Confidential and Proprietary Information. SD Topology 2 Not for use or disclosure except by written agreement with AFC Rev 1
System Topologies Section Overview

In this section
This section contains the following topics: Topic Universal Topology Star Topology Drop-and-Insert Topology Tree Topology Survivable Transport Topology Co-Location Page Topology 5 6 7 8 9 10
Description
The AccessMAX systems modular design supports Point-to-Point, Star, Drop-and-Insert, and Tree topologies. The built-in 1/0 time slot interchanger allows the system to function as a digital cross-connect. Any AccessMAX terminal can transport interoffice facilities, deliver subscriber services, or do both simultaneously. A single AccessMAX CBA can also function as a stand-alone CBA to accept, groom, and deliver services to and from other network elements. The AccessMAX can serve as a standard fiber multiplexer delivering up to 672 64-kbps channels over fiber facilities. A single 48.26 cm (19-inch) CBA can deliver twenty E1s in this type of application.
Switched and non-switched services
In configurations with only switched services such as POTS, the LET is optional. For those applications with non-switched services or fiber transport, the LET grooms the traffic, separating the switched traffic from the non-switched traffic. The AccessMAX system consolidates the switched traffic onto fully utilized E1 interfaces for direct connection to the digital local exchange. The non-switched traffic terminates on the appropriate LET plug-in cards.
Section Overview, continued

Universal topologies
In Universal topologies, the LET interfaces to the local exchange for all services provided by any RST in the field. In Universal topologies, a single LET can serve up to 960 subscribers (1008 subscribers in non-redundant configuration) with 672 active calls at any one time. Up to 32 RSTs can home directly to the LET in a Star configuration. An add-drop chain can extend five transport spans deep from the LET with up to 32 total remote terminals.
Universal Topology
Description
The AccessMAX system serves large or small groups of subscribers in the traditional Universal digital loop carrier topology. The diagram below shows a Universal Point-to-Point configuration.
POTS POTS
V5.1, V5.2, or analog inteface to the CO Switch E1, Fiber Optic
PUBLIC
RST
ADSL
To Switched Local Network Switch To Interoffice Network
LET
Groomed E1s with specials
DID
ISDN PUBLIC
Local Exchange Building
In this configuration, the LET resides in the local exchange. The RST, which resides in a remote cabinet, in a rack, in a CEV, or on a subscribers premises, delivers an array of services. Various transport media can carry traffic between the LET and RST, including repeatered or non-repeatered E1, HDSL, SSR, interterminal DS3, interterminal E3, and fiber.
Star Topology
Description
The figure below shows a sample Star topology. The LET in this figure consists of multiple shelves:
POTS
POTS PUBLIC
V5.1, V5.2, or analog interfaces to the CO Switch
RST HDSL E1 Fiber E1 RST RST ADSL
To Switched Network
Fiber
Local Switch
LET
E1 RST Fiber RST PUBLIC
POTS
To Interoffice Network

RST POTS PUBLIC
ADSL
ISDN POTS
The LET can connect directly to up to 32 RSTs in a Star topology. Transport media from the LET to the RSTs can include fiber, E1, HDSL, SSR, STM1c, interterminal E3, and interterminal DS3.
Drop-and-Insert Topology
Description
The figure below shows a sample Drop-and-Insert topology. The LET in this figure consists of multiple shelves.
ADSL POTS
E1
V5.1, V5.2 or analog interfaces to the CO Switch
RST1
Fiber
E1
RST2
PUBLIC
RST3
Fiber
ISDN
To Switched Network
Local Switch
LET RST4 Groomed E1s with specials

E1 POTS
RST5
Up to 32 RSTs can cascade from the LET in a single drop-and-insert chain up to five transport spans deep. The AccessMAX system supports multiple transport media from one terminal to the next, including repeatered or non-repeatered E1, HDSL, SSR, interterminal DS3, interterminal E3, STM1c, and fiber.
Tree Topology
Description
The figure below shows a sample Tree topology.

ADSL POTS
RST5
HDSL E1
RST1
V5.1, V5.2 or analog interface to the CO Switch
E1 PUBLIC Fiber SSR
ISDN
RST3
To Switched Network
Local Switch LET

Fiber
RST2
E1
POTS
RST4
POTS
ADSL
RST6
Many telephone networks use Tree topology, a combination of Star and Drop-and-Insert. The AccessMAX system integrates seamlessly into Tree networks. One of the RSTs in this figure uses repeatered E1 to an RST linked to the LET via fiber. This demonstrates the AccessMAX systems adaptability for serving the requirements of a broad subscriber area. A single LET supports up to 32 RSTs, five transport spans deep. Transport options include repeatered or non-repeatered E1, HDSL, SSR, interterminal DS3, interterminal E3, STM1c, and fiber.
Survivable Transport Topology

Description
The figure below shows a sample Survivable Transport topology.

RST1
Fiber Fiber
RST2
Fiber
Fiber
RST4
Fiber
RST3
Analog, V5.1, or V5.2 interfaces to the CO Switch

E1 Fiber
RST7
RST5
Fiber
RST6
To Switched Network
Local Switch LET Groomed E1s with specials

Fiber
Fiber
RST8
Fiber
RST9
Fiber
RST10
Fiber
Fiber
RST12
Fiber
RST11
Survivable Transport is a system configuration method. This method enables multiple communication and call paths between terminals. Survivable Transport allows flexibility in the terminal numbering scheme and system survivability in the event of transport span failures. With Survivable Transport, there may be more than one route for traffic. When a link is lost, the system chooses another path to handle calls and inter-terminal communications. Survivable Transport is supported in universal and V5.2 configurations. This topology consists of FO-XCVR and STM1c-XCVR spans. Transport options include up to three fiber rings hosted from a LET with a copper spur (one deep) suspended from a ring. You may have up to five remote terminal nodes on the ring.
Co-Location
Description
The figure below shows a sample application of co-location using the AccessMAX system.
AccessMAX E1 Fiber Fiber MUX Universal V5.1 or V5.2 Switch CLEC Building Local Exchange Building N 1 Fiber MUX E1
LEC Universal Switch
The system is ideal for co-location because it delivers all the critical voice services, as well as ISDN, DDS, 2-wire and 4-wire specials, E1, HDSL, ADSL, and SHDSL in any combination, all from a single shelf. It then concentrates voice and data traffic, providing for efficient use of transport facilities. The AccessMAX system is easily scalable, allowing telephone companies to pay as you grow, starting small and simply adding plug-in cards to respond to changing service demands.
Integrated Interface Configurations Section Overview

In this section
This section contains the following topics: Topic Standard Integrated Interface Configuration: V5.1 Standard Integrated Interface Configuration: V5.2 Enhanced Integrated Interface Configuration Page Topology 13 14 15
V5.1
The AccessMAX system supports the V5.1 integrated interface. V5.1 supports one E1 span per group. In V5.1 the E1 spans are not concentrated. Each span carries from one to three communication channels. V5.1 service requires CPU-2 or higher at all AccessMAX terminals in the group. Each IDLP card supports up to 22 V5.1 groups. The user can define up to 22 V5.1 groups per AccessMAX system. For more information, see the V5 Integrated Interface Application Guide.
Section Overview, continued

V5.2
The AccessMAX system supports up to five V5.2 interface groups per LET. Provision from 1 to 16 E1s in each V5.2 group allowing for flexible concentration ratios. In a V5.2 interface group, multiple ISDN D-channels (16 kbps each) can concentrate onto a single E1 into the local exchange. V5.2 services require a communication channel, which is a data link between the local exchange and the RST. The communication channel supports V5 related call control including concentration, timeslot allocation, line status, alarms, events, and provisioning. A communication channel is a single, fixed timeslot on an E1 span. You can provision each V5.2 group with up to 32 communication channels. Timeslot 16 on the primary E1 and timeslot 16 on the secondary E1 are automatically designated as c-channels and comprise PG1 (protection group 1). You can provision one or two additional c-channels on both the primary and secondary E1 spans, and up to three c-channels on each other E1 of the V5.2 group, on timeslots 15, 16 or 31. All c-channels except timeslot 16 on the primary and secondary E1s are considered PG2 (protection group 2). V5.2 service requires CPU-2 or CPU-3 plug-in cards in all terminals and an IDLP plug-in card in each LET (master terminal). AFC recommends placing the IDLP plug-in card in the primary shelf for optimal performance. The E1 plug-in cards that carry the communication channels must be in the same shelf. For more information, see the V5 Integrated Interface Application Guide.
Standard Integrated Interface Configuration: V5.1

Description
The AccessMAX system accommodates a direct V5.1 interface with the local exchange, eliminating the LET. The figure below shows this configuration.
PBX POTS
RST5
HDSL
RST1
E1 E1 Interfaces (V5.1) to Switch E1
ISDN
RST3
SSR
PUBLIC
To Switched Network
Local Switch
RST2
E1 DID
To Data Network
E1
E1
RST4
DID
ADSL
RST6
ADSL
Using the ETSI standard V5.1 interface, any RST can provide POTS and ISDN directly from a V5.1 compatible digital local exchange. The AccessMAX system supports up to 22 V5.1 groups. For more information on configuring and provisioning V5.1, see the AccessMAX V5 Integrated Interface Application Guide.
Standard Integrated Interface Configuration: V5.2

Description
The AccessMAX system accommodates a direct V5.2 interface with the local exchange, eliminating the LET from the central office. The figure below shows this configuration.
ADSL POTS
RST5
HDSL E1 To Data Network E1 E1 Interfaces V5.1/V5.2 to Switch SSR PUBLIC
LET One IDLP Two E1 Transceivers
ISDN
RST3
E1 E1
To Switched Network
Local Switch
To Data Network E1

E1
POTS
RST4
POTS
ADSL
Configuration rules
The terminal that faces the local exchange in each system must be configured as an LET (or master terminal) with terminal number set to 0. Each LET supports up to five V5.2 groups. The following plug-in cards enable V5.2 service: IDLP: one in any slot of the primary shelf of the LET (or master terminal) AFC recommends redundant IDLPs The redundant IDLP must be in the same shelf as the primary IDLP E1X-XCVR or E1-XCVR: two in the primary LET (or master terminal) Transports communication channels The primary and secondary E1s must be in the primary shelf AFC recommends redundancy (two minimum; four for redundancy)
Enhanced Integrated Interface Configuration

Description
The figure below shows a configuration with RSTs using a V5.1 or V5.2 interface while retaining the AccessMAX LET. This figure demonstrates how the LET grooms specials for the interoffice network, interfaces with fiber-fed RSTs, and aggregates POTS into fully utilized V5.1 or V5.2 interfaces for maximum efficiency.
PBX ADSL
RST5
HDSL
RST1 RST3
Fully utilized E1 Interfaces (V5.1 or V5.2) T1 Fiber SSR Public
ISDN
To Switched Network
Local Switch
LET One IDLP
RST2
T1
POTS
Fiber Groomed T1s with specials
RST4
DID
ADSL
RST6
This configuration also allows special digital and analog voice services to be provisioned from the RST. See page 14 for V5.2 plug-in card requirements. For more information on configuring and provisioning V5.1 and V5.2, see the AccessMAX V5 Integrated Interface Application Guide.
AFC AccessMAX System Description Cabinets and Components
Cabinets and Components Chapter Overview

In this chapter
This chapter contains the following topics: Topic Cabinets Components Page CabComp 3 25
2002, Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Confidential and Proprietary Information. Rev 1 Not for use or disclosure except by written agreement with AFC SD CabComp 1
2002, Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Confidential and Proprietary Information. SD CabComp 2 Not for use or disclosure except by written agreement with AFC Rev 1
Cabinets Section Overview

In this section
This section contains the following topics: Topic Remote Subscriber Cabinet (RSC) Compliance RSCI/48: 48-Line Indoor Cabinet RSC/48: 48-Line Outdoor Cabinet RSC/240D: 240-Line Outdoor Cabinet RSC/360: 360-Line Outdoor Cabinet RSCI/480: 480-Line Indoor Cabinet RSC/672D: 672-Line Outdoor Cabinet Page CabComp 4 5 7 12 16 19 22
Remote Subscriber Cabinet (RSC) Compliance

Compliance information
AccessMAX outdoor and indoor RSCs meet applicable ANSI and ETSI requirements as shown below.
Outdoor Cabinet RSC/48
Electrical Safety UL 1950 EN 60950 UL 1950 EN 60950 UL 1950/CSA-C 22.2 No. 950 EN 60950 UL 1950/CSA-C 22.2 No. 950 EN 60950
EMI FCC/CISPR/VC CI Class B FCC Part 15 Subpart B FCC Part 15
Telcordia 487 TBD
Telcordia 63 Compliant
RSC/240D
RSC/360D
Telcordia GR-487CORE TBD
Telecordia GR-1089CORE TBD
RSC/67D
FCC Part 15
Telcordia GR-487CORE, Issue E
N/A
Indoor Cabinet RSCI/48
Electrical Safety UL 1950
EMI FCC Class A
Telcordia 487 N/A
Telcordia 63 Compliant
CE MARK TBD
RSCI/48: 48-Line Indoor Cabinet

Description
The RSCI/48 (48-Line Indoor Remote Subscriber Cabinet) is an enclosure for indoor environments. Made of 1/8-inch powder-coated aluminum, it houses one 14-slot UMC1048 CBA. The RSCI/48 mounts on a wall or on a floor with leveling feet or casters. The cabinet supports one optional 75-position protector panel that uses 5-pin surge protectors. The front door of the cabinet allows access to the UMC1048 CBA, an optional fiber-optic distribution panel, and optional protector panel. The rear door allows access to the AC junction box, the fiber splice tray, the T1/E1 connection panel, and rear access to the CBA and 120 Vac convenience outlets. The RSCI/48 cabinet uses AC power. All RSCI/48 cabinets have AC surge protection devices.
Features
The RSCI/48 has the following features: Environmental alarms Fiber handling Floor or wall mounting options
RSCI/48: 48-Line Indoor Cabinet, continued

RSCI/48 photograph
A photograph showing the front view of the RSCI/48 follows:
Cabinet options The RSCI/48 has the following options:
Wall or floor (feet or casters) mounting Fiber distribution panel Fiber splice tray MS2 or 710 type connectors for subscriber lines Protector panel CBA with RJ21, wire-wrap, MS2, or 710 connectors
RSC/48: 48-Line Outdoor Cabinet

Description
The 48-Line Remote Subscriber Cabinet (RSC/48) is an environmentally sealed, aluminum, powder-coated enclosure with a stainless steel base. It houses a single 14-slot UMC1048 CBA, for a total capacity of 48 subscriber lines. The cabinet can be mounted on a pad, pole, H-frame, or wall; mounting holes on both sides of the cabinet provide added flexibility in the pole and wall mount options. Sealed -48 volt battery strings provide a minimum of 8 hours of backup at 0.167 erlangs per line when optional batteries are installed. The left-hinged front door provides easy access to equipment inside the cabinet. The RSC/48 includes protector blocks, cable termination area, fiber splice trays and storage, local AC junction box, AC service connection, as well as many other remote terminal necessities. The RSC/48 accepts power from the NPSU, and uses the RJ-PSU plug-in card to power the CBA. The RSCJ/48 uses a dual shell heat exchanger to moderate internal temperatures. The cabinet is protected by field-changeable surge protection devices. Options include: external generator connection; bolt-on cross connect; solid state protector modules; and mounting brackets for various mounting configurations.The RSC/48 (48-Line Outdoor Remote Subscriber Cabinet) is an environmentally sealed, aluminum, powder-coated enclosure, equipped to house a single 14-slot UMC1048 CBA for a total capacity of 48 subscriber lines in a pad, pole, H-frame, or wall-mounted configuration. Sealed -48 Vdc battery strings provide a minimum of 8 hours of backup at 0.167 erlangs per line for the RSC/48 equipment when optional batteries are installed. The cabinet has one door that allows access to the front of the 14-slot CBA, 5-pin protector panel, optional fiber distribution panel, optional fiber splice tray, DC power distribution, T1/E1 wire-wrap field, and MS2 or optional 710 connectors. It is equipped with a key lock and padlock tab. The RSC/48CC has a separate cross-connect compartment with an access door.
RSC/48: 48-Line Outdoor Cabinet, continued

Features
The RSC/48 has the following features: Environmental alarms Sealed equipment area Separate battery compartment Pad, pole, H-frame, or wall mounting options Small size for low profile Conforms to Telcordia GR-487-CORE and ETSI ETS 300 019-1-4 Class 4.1

RSC/48 photograph
A photograph of the RSC/48 follows:

RSC/48CC photograph
A photograph of the RSC/48CC cross-connect compartment follows:
Note: You can order an optional 22.86 cm (9-inch) watertight base for the RSC/48CC cabinet. This base opens from the outside using tamper-proof screws and contains sliding battery trays. The bases can stack for added height and/or added battery power.

Powering options
The RSC/48 accepts AC input power via an AC junction box. The AC junction box houses the main breaker, battery charger breaker, and convenience outlet. The NPSU plug-in card powers the cabinet equipment and charges the batteries, making a charger/rectifier unnecessary. The cabinet has field-changeable surge protection devices. The RSC/48 can have an optional -48 Vdc battery string that provides eight hours of backup operation. The cabinet base contains a vented battery compartment that allows battery outgassing and is completely separate from the AccessMAX equipment compartment. Water that enters through the vents does not harm the batteries. The cabinet has an optional battery warmer for cold climates.
Cabinet options Options include:
External generator connection Bolt-on cross connect with toolless punch-down blocks Solid state protectors Brackets for pole, wall, and H-frame mounting configurations Remote test head mounting Pour-in-place pad template Battery warmers Fiber distribution panel
RSC/240D: 240-Line Outdoor Cabinet

Introduction
The RSC/240D (240-line outdoor Remote Subscriber Cabinet D) outdoor cabinet is an environmentally controlled enclosure constructed of powder-coated aluminum. The RSC/240D cabinet contains two DMAX1120 CBAs, providing up to 240 subscriber lines for areas of highly concentrated DSL deployment. The cabinet accepts local AC power and uses DC-powered fans and an air-to-air heat exchanger to cool the equipment inside the cabinet. A 16-inch base supports the cabinet and contains two battery trays for housing customer-supplied batteries. You can install the RSC/240D cabinet on a pad, wall, H-frame, or pole. You can lock the cabinet doors with an AFC-supplied telecommunications standard hex L-key. The cabinet doors also have padlock hasps for added security.
RSC/240D: 240-Line Outdoor Cabinet, continued

Features
Features of the RSC/240D cabinet include: Small size for low profile Environmental and door alarms Copper line protection 19-inch equipment rack mounting MS2 or 710 subscriber cable connectors High-lightning surge protection panels -48 Vdc powered cooling fans Integrated air-to-air heat exchanger N+1 redundant rectifier module powering 240 Vac power AC load center GFCI-protected AC convenience outlets 16-inch base containing a separate, vented battery compartment Accommodates customer-supplied Saft D214643 125 Ah Ni-Cd batteries (minimum 8 hours backup) 5/16-inch hex L-key latches on front, rear, and battery-compartment doors (pad-lockable for additional security) 7/16-inch can wrench latch on splice compartment door (pad-lockable for additional security)

Options
Some common options for the RSC/240D include: 3C T1/E1 panel 4C T1/E1 protection panel External generator connector (60A) Fiber termination panel with splice tray (12-position, fusion splice, SC adaptors) High-capacity AC surge arrestor 5-pin gas tube protection modules MS2 or 710 subscriber interface connectors Fully integrated, 2:1 cross-connect blocks (RLS type) Battery warmers Additional rectifier plug-in module Mounting options Pad mount kit with pour-in-place template Wall and H-frame mount kit Pole mount kit Custom options are also available; contact AFC Applications Engineering department for more information.

Cabinet front
The front cabinet door provides access to the DMAX1120 CBAs, fan trays, protector panels, and battery disconnect panel. The following figure shows the front of a typical RSC/240D:
Battery disconnect panel Protector panel (2 places) DMAX1120 (2 places) Fan tray (2 places)
Front view of cabinet
RSC/360: 360-Line Outdoor Cabinet

Description
Install the RSC/360 (360-Line outdoor Remote Subscriber Cabinet) at remote sites that require low profile, front-access cabinets. The RSC/360 cabinet contains two 48.26 cm (19-inch) rack bays. The cabinet includes dual front-hinged doors and side door cross-connect and AC power access. Wire-wrap CBAs and protector panels are also available. Rugged construction protects internal components against harsh outdoor environments. The cabinet is constructed of 2 mm powder-coated aluminum. Supply as rectifier/charger Two 19-inch rack mounting bays CBA fans (one per DMAX1120FA) AC convenience outlet Three strings of batteries (eight hours backup) One to four cable entries Five rack units reserved for expansion

RSC/360 photograph
The following photograph shows the RSC/360 cabinet with the front and side doors open.

Options
Options for the RSC/360 cabinet include the following: Pour-in-place pad mounting template Fiber or coax distribution panels (space for two) Enhanced thermal sensing support Spread Spectrum Radio system support Space for one ECI multiplexer Test head (one) Battery warmers Fiber splice trays (two) External generator connector 32 ampere IEC 309 pin and sleeve AC power meter (internally mounted)
RSCI/480: 480-Line Indoor Cabinet

Description
The RSCI/480 (480-Line Indoor Remote Subscriber Cabinet) works at indoor sites where AccessMAX applications require up to five UMC1000 CBAs. Typically, the cabinet installs indoors in equipment rooms. The RSCI/480 uses AC input power and has an optional power cord. The cabinet has front and rear doors for easy access to equipment and cables. It contains 42U (1 U=1.75 inches) of vertical 19 inch/23 inch rack mounting. Feet support the cabinet and provide for under cabinet cabling. Battery trays are inside the cabinet. The cabinet ships with card cages installed; plug-in cards ship separately. The RSCI/480 has optional MS2, 710, or RJ21 connectors for subscriber cables. The connectors then mate with the cables in the cabinet. Wire-wrap CBAs are also an option.
Features
The RSCI/480 has the following features: Environmental alarms Adjustable leveling feet or light duty casters Top and bottom cable feed Locking enclosure to secure equipment Padlock hasp on door Battery backup (8 hours per Telcordia Standards) 19- or 23-inch rack mounting 220 Vac power

RSCI/480 photograph
The following photograph show the front of the RSCI/480.

Cabinet options The RSCI/480 has these options:
MS2, 710, RJ21 or wire wrap CBA Levelling feet or casters Both 19-inch and 23-inch rack mounting Fiber distribution panel Fiber splice tray Eight-hour battery backup Left or right door hinge
RSC/672D: 672-Line Outdoor Cabinet

Description
The RSC/672D (672-Line Remote Subscriber Cabinet D) cabinet is an environmentally controlled enclosure constructed of powder-coated aluminum. The RSC/672D cabinet contains both 19-inch and 23-inch equipment racks, and can house up to eight DMAX1120 CBAs, providing up to 960 subscriber lines for areas of highly concentrated DSL deployment. The RSC/672D accepts local AC power and uses DC-powered fans and double-wall heat exchangers to cool the equipment inside the cabinet. A 16-inch base supports the cabinet and houses the battery trays. Install the RSC/672D cabinet on a foundation pad. You can construct a concrete pad or use a pad made of fiberglass, plastic, or other non-combustible materials. If you are pouring a concrete pad, you can use the AFC-supplied pour-in-place template, or build your own template from plywood or metal. The cabinet doors have padlock hasps for added security. You can also lock the cabinet with an AFC-supplied telecommunications standard hex L-key.
Features
The major features of the RSC/672D cabinet are: Environmental and door alarms Copper line protection 19-inch and 23-inch equipment rack mounting MS2 or 710 subscriber cable connectors High-lightning surge protection panels -48 Vdc powered cooling fans Integrated air-to-air heat exchangers N+1 redundant rectifier module powering 220 Vac power AC load center (with service disconnect) GFCI-protected AC convenience outlets 16-inch base containing a separate vented battery compartment Accommodates Saft 125AH or Tyco 12IR125 batteries (customer-supplied)

Features,
continued
5/16-inch hex L-key latches on front, rear, and battery-compartment doors (including padlock hasps for additional security) 7/16-inch can wrench latch on splice compartment door (including a padlock hasp for additional security)
RSC/672D photograph
The following photograph shows the front of the RSC/672D:

Options
Some common options for the RSC/672D include: Configuration for up to eight DMAX1120 CBAs with protection panels Configuration for up to three battery trays Accommodate up to three customer-supplied battery strings (minimum 8 hours backup) Pad mount kit with pour-in-place template Fiber termination panel with splice tray (12-position, fusion splice, SC adaptors) External generator connector (100A) High-capacity AC surge arrestor 5-pin gas tube protection modules MS2 or 710 subscriber interface connectors Battery warmers Order wire jack (1U high; rack-mounted) Additional rectifier plug-in modules 4TEL test head RMU with cables 3M cross-connect modules 5/16-inch Hex L-key, telecom standard Custom options are also available; contact AFC Applications Engineering for more information.
Components Battery Types and Bases

Description
The following table describes base configurations and battery types supported for each AccessMAX cabinet: Cabinet RSCI/48 (Indoor) RSC/48 (Outdoor) RSC/360 (Outdoor) RSC/672D (Outdoor) Base configurations Not applicable (15.24 cm) 6 inch, (22.86 cm) 9 inch (30.48 cm) 12 inch, (60.96 cm) 24 inch Not applicable Battery types supported Hawker SBS15, Alcad SLA25, AT&T IRC30 Hawker SBS15, Hawker SBS 30, Alcad SLA25, AT&T IRC30 Hawker SBS40 (37 Ah), Alcad 12SLA30 (30 Ah), AT&T IR40C (40 Ah) Saft D214648 (125Ah), Tyco 12IR(125 Ah)
CBA: Channel Bank Assembly

Description
AFC offers two Universal Modular Carrier (UMC) Channel Bank Assembly (CBA) sizes: Full-sized UMC1000 for all LETs and for RSTs using the RSC/120 and larger cabinets; it has two CPU slots, two PSU slots, and 22 general purpose slots. Small-sized UMC1048 for RSC/48, RSC/48CC, and RSCI/48; it has two CPU slots, two PSU slots, and 10 general purpose slots. The UMC1048 CBA uses the same plug-in cards as other AccessMAX equipment. The UMC CBAs consist of a pre-formed, cold-rolled steel, powder-coated card cage, metal rear covers, printed circuit board backplane, and mounting hardware. CBA kits contain all the hardware necessary to install the CBA, excluding cabling for voice, data, and power. You may wire-wrap directly to the CBA backplane. Use a custom wiring harness that is pre-wrapped to the backplane with RJ-21 connectors, or use a preconnectorized RJ21 backplane. The UMC1000 is universal: the same CBA can function in both the LET and RST, and as a primary or expansion CBA. All UMC1000 CBAs fit flush in a 19-inch rack; assemblies for projected and/or 23-inch rack mounting are options. The UMC CBAs also include an air ramp. In addition to facilitating the convection cooling of the system, the air ramp provides fiber management functions, an RS232-C Craft Interface connection, the order wire connection, and an Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) jack. Access the order wire interface via the order wire connection on the front of the UMC CBA, and from the alarm contact pin field (C2, D23).
Features
The UMC CBA has the following features: UMC 1000: 22 general purpose, two CPU, and two PSU slots UMC 1048: to general purpose, two CPU, and two PSU slots Alarm contact closure wire-wrap posts System timing inputs Optional cable adapter kits for connector translation Optional -48 Vdc power filter Integrated fiber management tray
CBA: Channel Bank Assembly, continued

UMC card cage The full-sized UMC1000 card cage is a pre-formed metal shelf, 17.8 cm (7
inches) high by 48.3 cm (19 inches) wide by 25 cm (9.9 inches) deep, with 26 equipment plug-in slot guides. The rear cover attaches to the card cage to prevent accidental electrical shorts or mechanical damage to the backplane. The UMC1048 is similar, with 14 plug-in card slots. Its dimensions are 17.8 cm (7 inches) high by 29.21 cm (11.5 inches) wide by 25 cm deep.
UMC backplane The UMC backplane is made of FR4 glass-fiber, 4 layers, 3 mm (0.12 inch)
thick. The backplane has 1 mm square wire-wrap posts for VF and transceiver data terminations, screw-down power, and ground terminals. Labeled items on the backplane include: PSU-A/PSU-B CPU-A/CPU-B DC in AC in Fail Relay Alarm Contacts Maintenance Bus Bank Selectors Interface connection Back side of mounting slots for PSU cards Back side of mounting slots for CPU cards A and B connectors for external DC power supply Connector for terminating bulk ring generator in LET installations Activates major alarm when no CPU or power supply is detected Wire-wrap posts used to connect various alarm and miscellaneous system functions Provides metallic test connection for expansion shelves Used to set the shelf number for this CBA Six pairs of 1 mm square wire-wrap posts for each general purpose slot in the CBA. The function of each pair depends upon the function of the connected service interface card
CBA: Channel Bank Assembly, continued

UMC1000 backplane diagram
The following diagram shows the UMC1000 CBA backplane:
Note: The back side of the plug-in card slots is shown for illustration purposes only. User have no direct user access to the back side of the plug-in card slots.
DSL Multi-Service Access (DMAX) Channel Bank Assembly

Description
The DSL Multi-Service Access (DMAX) CBA supports high-density xDSL service deployment. In addition, it supports all legacy AFC UMC system features and functions by using the complete AccessMAX family of plug-in cards. Plug-in cards using PowerMAX technology access the enhanced power and thermal features of the DMAX backplane to deliver high-density broadband services. The DMAX CBA consists of a pre-formed cold rolled steel, yellow zinc chromate card cage, metal rear covers, printed circuit board backplane, and mounting hardware. CBA kits contain all the hardware necessary to install the DMAX, excluding cabling for voice, data, and power. You may choose to wire-wrap directly to the DMAX backplane, or use a custom wiring harness pre-wrapped to the backplane with connectors. The DMAX1120 has 26 slots: two CPU slots, two PSU slots, and 22 general purpose slots. The DMAX1120 is universal: the same CBA functions in both the LET and RST, and as a primary or expansion shelf. All DMAX1120 CBAs fit flush in a 19-inch rack. Assemblies for projected and/or 23-inch rack mounting are available options. The DMAX CBA has enhanced thermal properties and expanded vents to accommodate forced air convection. It includes an air ramp. In addition to facilitating the convection cooling of the system, the air ramp provides fiber management functions, an RS232-C Craft Interface connection, and an Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) jack. Access the order wire interface from the alarm contact field (C2, D2). An optional cover is available for ElectroMagnetic Interference (EMI) sensitive applications.
DSL Multiservice Access Channel Bank Assembly, continued

Features
The DMAX CBA has the following features: DMAX 1120: 22 general purpose, 2 CPU, and 2 PSU slots DMAX 1048: Alarm contact closure wire-wrap posts System timing inputs using wire-wrap posts Optional cable adapter kits for connector translation Integrated fiber management tray On-board craft port with A/B switch for modem interface Power fan assembly
DMAX1120 card The DMAX1120 card cage is a pre-formed metal shelf, 17.8 cm (7 inches) cage high by 48.3 cm (19 inches) wide by 25 cm (9.9 inches) deep, with 26
equipment slot guides. The rear cover attaches to the card cage to prevent accidental electrical shorts, mechanical damage to the backplane, and to insulate against EMI.

DMAX1120 backplane
The DMAX1120 backplane is made of FR4 glass-fiber, 8 layers, 0.125 inch (3 mm) thick. The backplane has either 1 mm square wire-wrap posts or RJ21 connections for VF and transceiver data terminations, and screw-down power and ground terminals. Labeled items on the DMAX backplane include: PSU-A/PSU-B CPU-A/CPU-B DC in Barrier Strip Fail Relay Alarm Contacts Maintenance Bus Bank Selectors Interface connection Back side of mounting slots for PSU cards. Back side of mounting slots for CPU cards. A and B connectors for external DC power supply. Provides input for bulk ringing generator, frame, or 48Vdc (A&B). Activates when the CPU or PSU is not present or operating. Wire-wrap posts used to connect various alarm and miscellaneous system functions. Provides metallic test connection for expansion shelves. Used to set the shelf number for this CBA. Six pairs of 1 mm square wire-wrap posts for each general purpose slot in the CBA, or RJ21. Typically for cabinet usage.

DMAX1120 backplane diagram
The following diagram shows the DMAX1120 backplane:
BLK
1 2
RED
1
AUX N LGND B N+ B NA N+ A NFGND AUX L
REAR VIEW WITH COVER REMOVED
Note: The back side of the plug-in card slots is shown for illustration purposes only. There is no direct user access to the back side of the plug-in card slots.
DMAX1120FA: DSL Multi Service Access Platform

Description
The DMAX1120FA (120-Line Front Access) DSL Multi Service Access Platform consists of a pre-formed, cold-rolled steel (zinc plated) card cage, hinged front panel, metal covers, and a printed circuit board backplane that allows front access. The DMAX1120FA also includes an air ramp to facilitate the convection cooling of the system and provide fiber routing clips for fiber maintenance. The same DMAX1120FA is used in both the LET and RST and can function as a primary or expansion card cage. Note: The DMAX1120FA is compatible with all AFC plug-in cards.
Features
The DMAX1120FA has the following features: Front access backplane in wire wrap or with D-sub connector Hinged front panel Additional power connection for fans in the DMAX1120FA
Dimensions
The DMAX1120FA card cage consists of a pre-formed metal shelf, measuring 178 cm (7 inches) high, 444.5 cm (17.5 inches) wide and 304.8 cm (12 inches) deep. The rear cover attaches to the card cage to prevent accidental electrical shorts or mechanical damage to the backplane. The DMAX1120FA backplane consists of multiple layers of FR4 glass fiber. The backplane measures 231.14 cm (9.1 inches) high, 430.53 cm (16.95 inches) wide and 3.18 cm (0.125 inches) thick. The backplane has 1 mm square wire-wrap posts for VF and transceiver terminations, screw-down power and ground terminals.
DMAX1120FA: DSL Multi Service Access Platform, continued

Front diagram
The following diagram shows the DMAX1120FA assembly including the card cage and front access backplane.
Retained Thumb Screw ESD Jack
Retained Hinge Pin
Retained Hinge Pin
Order Wire Interface
D-sub (25-pin) Connector Interface shown
D-sub power Connectors (Combo-D)
Craft Interface (DB-9)
Backplane panel
Several components are grouped together in a panel at the right side of the front access backplane. These items include the following (clockwise from top): Fail Relay - Activates a major alarm when no CPU or power supply is detected. MTU Cable Connectors - Provide metallic test connection for expansion shelves. Terminal Address Strap - Two, 1 mm square wire wrap posts (labeled CO and RT) which determine whether the DMAX1120FA is defined as terminal 1-7 (pins strapped) or terminal 8-15 (pins unstrapped) using the channel bank selector setting. Bank Selector - Used to set the shelf number for the CBA. Extra Bank Selector - Not used. Order Wire Interface - An interface jack which enables the user to communicate directly between terminals (two wire wrap posts are also provided above the jack). Logic Ground - M3.5 (6-32) screw terminal for logic grounding.
DMAX1120FA: DSL Multi Service Access platform, continued

Backplane panel, continued
Power Ground - M3.5 (6-32) screw terminal for power grounding. Frame Ground - M3.5 (6-32) screw terminal for chassis frame grounding. Craft Interface Connector - DB9 connector for access to the AccessMAX Craft Interface. DC in - A and B connectors (terminal blocks) for external DC power supply. Clock Termination - Connected when the DMAX1120FA is defined as the last piece of equipment connected to an external clock (clock termination point)
Equipment Maximization Systems

Overview
AFC offers two equipment maximization systems to retrofit and upgrade stranded or exhausted third-party remote subscriber cabinets: EMAX includes the UMC1000 CBA EMAXplus includes the DMAX1120 CBA
Description
EMAX and EMAXplus are cost-effective solutions for revitalizing stranded plant for a variety of existing third party cabinets using either 19-inch or 23-inch racks. They deliver route relief and outside plant renewal. EMAX and EMAXplus provide all of the features and functionality of AFCs multiservice access platforms, enabling service providers to deliver voice, data, and broadband services from a single platform. EMAX and EMAXplus are complete installation packages, and include all associated parts, cables, and mounting brackets. Both kits support the full range of transport and service options, including fiver, T1/E1, SSR, DFSL and traditional telephone services. EMAS and EMAXplus kits are available with or without protector blocks, power rectifier, and fan trays.
Features
EMAX has the following features: 19 or 23-inch rack mounting options Supports Universal (TR57) and integrated V5.1 and V5.2 1.0 DSC cross-connect with highly flexible protection and concentration capabilities Integrated common control, power, and 22 general purpose slots Simultaneous internetworking of TDM, Frame Relay, ATM and SONET/SDH network architectures
FAA: Fuse and Alarm Assembly

Description
The Fuse and Alarm Assembly (FAA) consists of an enclosure, wire-wrap termination field, fuse block, and mounting hardware. The FAA connects the AccessMAX CBA to the exchange battery (-48 Vdc). The FAAs standard GMT fuses (1 Amp, 3 Amp, 5 Amp, or 10 Amp) have a wire-wrap contact closure alarm across the fuse block to generate an exchange alarm (normally open). The FAA supports a wire-wrap field for multiple AccessMAX alarm points. Alarm points can be wired from the AccessMAX equipment in the rack. LEDs on the FAA indicate system alarms. The enclosure consists of a pre-formed steel, powder-coated mounting bracket, 7.5 cm (3 inches) high by 48.3 cm (19 inches) wide by 10.2 cm (4 inches) deep, that holds the power distribution fuses and wire-wrap field. The enclosure flush mounts or can project from the equipment rack, and includes adapters for installation in a 58.42 cm (23-inch) rack. The FAA rear cover prevents accidental electrical shorts on the exchange battery.
Features
The FAA has the following features: LED system alarm display Alarm contact closure wire-wrap posts Fuse alarm outputs Optional -48 Vdc power filter Grounding bus bar
FAA: Fuse and Alarm Assembly, continued

FAA diagrams
A front and a rear view of the FAA follow:
Front view
Rear view
Splice Tray
Options
Each of the AccessMAX Remote Subscriber Cabinets have the following fiber splice tray options: Fusion splice: 12 positions Mechanical splice: 12 positions Heat-shrink splice: 12 positions
UPA: Universal Power Assembly

Description
The UPA accepts and rectifies power for the AccessMAX equipment. The UPA consists of a pre-formed, cold-rolled steel, powder-coated card cage, metal rear covers, printed circuit board backplane, and mounting hardware. The UPA mounts in a 19-inch (48.3 cm) rack and has adapters for 23-inch (58.42 cm) racks. It also mounts in remote terminals (except the RSC/48). The UPA takes 3U of rack space. Assembly dimensions are: 48.3 cm (19 inches) wide 13.2 cm (5.2 inches) high 34.5 cm (13.6 inches) deep The UPA is a modular shelf with two identical halves. The two sides of the UPA contain a total of eight plug-in card slots; there is one additional slot on the far left for the optional controller card (P-CPU). Both sides of the UPA accept local AC power to charge the batteries and provide -48 Vdc to AccessMAX equipment. See the AccessMAX Turn-Up, Test, and Maintenance manual UPA turn up information.
Power plug-in cards
The plug-in cards for the UPA are: Power Central Processing (P-CPU) unit AC Interface (P-ACI) unit AC Rectifier (P-ACR) unit Fuse and Distribution (P-FD) unit For complete descriptions and specifications for these plug-in cards, see the Plug-In Cards section of this manual.
UPA: Universal Power Assembly, continued

Front panel
A hinge-mounted front panel acts as a safety cover and displays alarm status indicators and test points for each module. Labels on each slot show which card(s) can occupy that slot. The slots are (front view, left to right): One controller slot (P-CPU) Side A One protection slot (P-FD) Two converter slots (P-ACR) One AC input slot (P-ACI) Side B One protection slot (P-FD) Two converter slots (P-ACR) One AC input slot (P-ACI) Note: Only a qualified technician should open this panel. The following image shows the UPA front panel:
P-CPU P-FD (OPTIONAL)
P-ACR
P-ACR (OPTIONAL)
P-ACI
P-FD
P-ACR
P-ACR (OPTIONAL)
P-ACI
AFC AccessMAX System Description Plug-In Cards
Plug-In Cards Chapter Overview

In this chapter
This chapter contains the following topics: Topic Asymmetrical Digital Subscriber Line Asymmetrical Digital Subscriber Line Asymmetrical Digital Subscriber Line Asymmetrical Digital Subscriber Line Asynchronous Data Unit Codirectional Data Unit Central Processing Unit Central Processing Unit Digital Data Unit Line Powering Asynchronous E1 Transceiver Asynchronous E1 Transceiver E1 HDSL Transceiver (ADTRAN) E1 HDSL Transceiver (PairGain) Line Powering E1 Transceiver E1 Transceiver Expansion Bank Control Expansion Bank Control Expansion Link Unit Extended Network Power Supply Unit Fiber-Optic Transceiver Bi-Directional Fiber-Optic Transceiver Medium Range Fiber-Optic Transceiver International Advanced Transmission Only International Datalink Processor Internet Protocol Management Interface Page Cards 3 8 13 17 22 25 28 31 35 42 45 48 52 55 58 64 67 70 73 76 79 82 85 88 91
Part 1 of 2
ADSL 2+6 ADSL 4+6 ADSL 6+0 ADSL 6+6 ADU CDU CPU-2 CPU-3 DDU E1A E1AX E1HD-XCVR (ADTRAN) E1HD-XCVR (PairGain) E1-XCVR E1X-XCVR EBC EBC-3 ELU ELU-3 FO-XCVR FOB-XCVR FOW-XCVR IATO IDLP IPMI
2002, Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Confidential and Proprietary Information. Rev 1 Not for use or disclosure except by written agreement with AFC SD Cards 1
Continued
ITO LI-APOTS LI-BPOTS LI-ISDN LI-POTS LI-VPOTS L-PSU L-UVG NPSU P-ACI P-ACR P-CPU P-FD RI-BPOTS RI-ISDN RI-POTS RI-VPOTS R-PSU R-UVG SDU SHDSL SSR-XCVR STM1c-XCVR STM1cu-XCVR
Topic International Transmission Only Local Exchange International Advanced POTS Local Exchange International POTS LET Integrated Subscriber Digital Network Local Exchange International POTS Local Exchange International POTS LET Power Supply Unit LET Universal Voice Grade Network Power Supply Unit PowerAC Interface PowerAC Rectifier PowerCentral Processing Unit PowerFuse and Distribution Unit RST International POTS RST Integrated Subscriber Digital Network Remote Subscriber International POTS Remote Subscriber International POTS RST Power Supply Unit RST Universal Voice Grade Synchronous Data Unit Symmetric High Bit Rate Digital Subscriber Line Spread Spectrum Radio Transceiver Synchronous Transport Module Uplink/Transport/Concentrator/Service card Synchronous Transport Module Concentrator/Uplink Transceiver
Page Cards 94 97 101 105 108 111 114 117 127 131 134 138 141 148 152 155 159 163 167 171 176 180 184 189
Part 2 of 2
2002, Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Confidential and Proprietary Information. SD Cards 2 Not for use or disclosure except by written agreement with AFC Rev 1
ADSL 2+6
ADSL 2+6 description
The Asymmetrical Digital Subscriber Line 2+6 (ADSL 2+6) plug-in card delivers high-speed data service over twisted copper pairs using industrystandard Discrete Multi-Tone (DMT) line coding technology. The ADSL 2+6 plug-in card supports full-rate ADSL in accordance with ITU-T G.992.1 and G.Lite ADSL protocols in accordance with ITU G.992.2. The ADSL 2+6 plug-in card delivers over 8 Mbps downstream and up to 800 kbps upstream over unloaded twisted pairs. The ADSL 2+6 plug-in card has two ADSL data circuits, six POTS circuits, and two integrated band-splitters that couple the two ADSL data circuits to the first two of the six POTS circuits. The card supports both EdgeAccess ATM and Native ATM connections. The ADSL 2+6 plug-in card has an Alcatel Microelectronics chipset and is compatible with Alcatel modems. The card is compatible with many other modem vendors using this chipset, including Efficient Networks, 3Com, and Cayman Systems, as well as most other modems using other ADSL chipsets. The ADSL 2+6 plug-in card features backplane metallic A/B access for loop testing with the Metallic Test Unit (MTU) plug-in card. When installed in the remote terminal of a system, the ADSL plug-in card is compliant with G.992.1 or G.992.2-based modem/router; at the customer premise. The ADSL 2+6 plug-in card uses more power per ADSL circuit than POTS plug-in cards. The maximum number of ADSL 2+6 plug-in cards supported by a single AccessMAX CBA depends on the total power consumption of the other plug-in cards within the CBA. Contact AFC Application Engineering for power management guidelines when deploying multiple ADSL 2+6 plug-in cards.
ADSL 2+6, continued

General features
The ADSL 2+6 plug-in card has the following features: Dual memory support for non-service affecting programming Backplane access to metallic A and B for metallic loop test support
ADSL features
The ADSL 2+6 plug-in card has the following ADSL features: Supports both ANSI T1-413 full-rate, G.DMT full-rate and G.Lite ADSL Two ADSL circuits per plug-in card Supports both EdgeAccess ATM and Native ATM connections Compatible with a variety of industry-standard CPE
POTS features
The ADSL 2+6 plug-in card has the following POTS features: Use in Universal or V5 interfaces Six 2-wire circuits per plug-in card On-hook transmission (CLASS) capability Forward disconnect 900 local exchange impedance 1830 maximum DC supervision range Transient protection for outdoor bridging Loop test support including MLT Support for CMWI (Call Message Waiting Indicator)
ADSL 2+6, continued

ADSL 2+6 faceplate
The ADSL 2+6 faceplate has the following LEDs: ADSL 2+6 FAIL Item LED Color Red Function Plug-in card failure.
Card is unable to communicate with the CPU. Flashing red At least one POTS circuit is receiving illegal signalling. BUSY SYNC Green Green or Blue At least one POTS circuit is active. At least one ADSL data circuit is enabled and trained up with the CPE.
ADSL 2+6, continued

ADSL 2+6 specifications
The ADSL 2+6 plug-in card specifications follow: Compatibility ADSL Signalling Line coding Alcatel Microelectronics-based CPE or G.Lite compliant CPE ITU-T G.992.1 (G.DMT) or ITU G.992.2 (G.Lite) ADSL ANSI T1.413 (Full Rate) Downstream: Rate adaptive up to 8 Mbps in 32-kbps steps Upstream: Rate adaptive up to 800 kbps in 32-kbps steps 900 @ 200 Hz to 3.2 kHz 100 @ 30 kHz to 1.1 MHz < 50 msec < 15 msec > 2000 < 40 msec 1830 @ 20 mA 25 mA constant, 2 x 300 feed > 41 Vdc > 41 Vdc < 2.0 k > 9.0 k A-Law 600 2.0 dBm 0.5 dB off-hook, 3.0 dB on-hook 5.0 dBm @ 600 > 18 dB (300 Hz to 3.4 kHz)
Part 1 of 2
Data rate
Input impedance POTS Signalling End-to-end signalling delay (normal and reverse) Pulse distortion (pw > 25 msec) Ring trip detector (85 Vrms, 20 Hz) Ring trip delay (85 Vrms, 20 Hz) Maximum loop length incl. station Loop current @ -52 Vdc battery A/B (tip/ring) open circuit voltage: Normal mode, -52 Vdc battery On-hook transmission mode Off-hook detection threshold On-hook detection threshold Audio Companding Nominal input impedance Nominal loss (referenced to 2-wire 900 ) Maximum VF overload level Return loss (single frequency)
Continued
Audio, continued Echo return loss
> 13 dB (300 Hz to 500 Hz) > 18 dB (500 Hz to 2.5 kHz) > 14 dB (2.5 kHz to 3.4 kHz) -40C to +65C 5% to 95% non-condensing 10.0 W 13.018 cm (5.125 inches) 1.429 cm (0.563 inches) 26.67 cm (10.5 inches) 0.23 kg (0.5 pound) TBD
Part 2 of 2
Environmental Operating temperature Humidity (relative) Average power consumption Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight Compliance
ADSL 4+6
The Asymmetrical Digital Subscriber Line 4+6 (ADSL 4+6) plug-in card delivers high-speed data service over twisted copper pairs using industry-standard Discrete Multi-Tone (DMT) line coding technology. The ADSL 4+6 plug-in card supports full-rate ADSL in accordance with ITU G.992.1 (G.DMT) protocols, and G.Lite ADSL in accordance with ITU G.992.2. The ADSL 4+6 plug-in card delivers over 8 Mbps downstream and up to 800 kbps upstream over unloaded twisted pairs. The ADSL 4+6 plug-in card has four ADSL data circuits, six POTS circuits, and four integrated band-splitters that couple the four ADSL data circuits to the first four of the six POTS circuits. The card supports both EdgeAccess ATM and Native ATM connections. The ADSL 4+6 plug-in card uses the PowerMAX line-card powering and heat dissipation technologies available with the DMAX1120 allowing population of all 22 general purpose slots. The ADSL 4+6 plug-in card is interoperable with a T1.413, G.992.1 or G.992.2 based modem/router at the customer premise. The ADSL 4+6 plug-in card is compatible with CPE from leading vendors, including Efficient Networks, Alcatel, Westell, and Cayman Systems. The ADSL 4+6 plug-in card supports facility and equipment metallic test access relays with the Metallic Test Unit (MTU) plug-in card. The ADSL 4+6 plug-in card uses more power per ADSL circuit than POTS plug-in cards. The maximum number of ADSL 4+6 plug-in cards supported by a single UMC1000 CBA depends on the total power consumption of the other plug-in cards within the UMC1000 CBA. Contact AFC Application Engineering for power management guidelines when deploying multiple ADSL 4+6 plug-in cards in a single UMC1000 CBA.
ADSL 4+6, continued

General features
The ADSL 4+6 plug-in card has the following features: Dual memory support for non-service affecting programming Backplane access to metallic A and B for metallic loop test support Uses the PowerMAX line-card powering and heat dissipation technologies available with the DMAX1120 CBA (CBA), allowing use of ADSL 4+6 plug-in cards in all 22 general purpose slots
ADSL features
The ADSL 4+6 plug-in card has the following ADSL features: G.DMT, G.Lite ADSL, and ANSI T1.413 compliant Four ADSL circuits per plug-in card Supports both EdgeAccess ATM and Native ATM connections Compatible with a variety of industry-standard CPE
POTS features
The ADSL 4+6 plug-in card has the following POTS features: Six 2-wire circuits per plug-in card On-hook transmission (CLASS) capability Forward disconnect 900 local exchange impedance 1830 maximum DC supervision range Transient protection for outdoor bridging Loop test support including MLT Support for CMWI (Call Message Waiting Indicator)
ADSL 4+6, continued

ADSL 4+6 faceplate
The ADSL 4+6 faceplate has the following LEDs: ADSL 4+6 FAIL
ADSL 4+6
FAIL BUSY SYNC
Item
LED Color Red
Function Plug-in card failure
Card is unable to communicate with the CPU Flashing red At least one POTS circuit is receiving illegal signalling BUSY SYNC Green Green At least one POTS circuit is active At least one ADSL data circuit is enabled and trained up with the CPE
ADSL 4+6, continued

The ADSL 4+6 plug-in card specifications follow: ADSL Signalling Line coding
Data rate
Input impedance POTS Signalling End-to-end signalling delay (normal and reverse) Pulse distortion (pw > 25 msec) Ring trip detector (85 Vrms, 20 Hz) Ring trip delay (85 Vrms, 20 Hz) Maximum loop length incl. station Loop current @ -52 Vdc battery Tip/ring open circuit voltage: Normal mode, -52 Vdc battery On-hook transmission mode Off-hook detection threshold On-hook detection threshold Audio Companding Nominal input impedance Nominal loss (referenced to 2-wire 900 ) Maximum VF overload level Return loss (single frequency)
ANSI T1.413, Issue 2, ITU G.992.1 (G.DMT), or ITU G.992.2 (G.Lite) ADSL Downstream: Rate adaptive up to 8 Mbps in 32-kbps steps Upstream: Rate adaptive up to 800 kbps in 32-kbps steps 900 @ 200 Hz to 3.2 kHz 100 @ 30 kHz to 1.1 MHz < 50 msec < 15 msec > 2000 < 40 msec 1830 @ 20 mA 25 mA constant, 2 300 feed > 41 Vdc > 41 Vdc < 2.0 k > 9.0 k A-Law (over E1) or -Law (over T1) 600 2.0 dBm 0.5 dB off-hook, 3.0 dB on-hook 5.0 dBm @ 600 > 18 dB (300 Hz to 3.4 kHz)
Part 1 of 2
Continued
Echo return loss
> 13 dB (300 Hz to 500 Hz) > 18 dB (500 Hz to 2.5 kHz) > 14 dB (2.5 kHz to 3.4 kHz) -40C to +65C -40F to +149F 5% to 95% non-condensing 20.0 W 13.018 cm (5.125 inches) 1.429 cm (0.563 inches) 26.67 cm (10.5 inches) 0.23 kg (0.5 pound) TR-TSY-000057 TR-TSY-000303
Part 2 of 2
Environmental Operating temperature Humidity (relative) Maximum power consumption Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight Compliance
ADSL 6+0
The Asymmetrical Digital Subscriber Line 6+0 (ADSL 6+0) plug-in card delivers high-speed data service over twisted copper pairs using industry-standard Discrete Multi-Tone (DMT) line coding technology. The ADSL 6+0 plug-in card supports full-rate ADSL in accordance with ITU-T G.992.1 (G.DMT), ITU-T G.992.2 (G.Lite), and ANSI T1.413 ADSL protocols. The ADSL 6+0 plug-in card delivers over 8 Mbps downstream and up to 800 kbps upstream over unloaded twisted pairs. The ADSL 6+0 plug-in card supports both EdgeAccess ATM and Native ATM connections. The ADSL 6+0 plug-in card uses the PowerMAX line-card powering and heat dissipation technologies available with the DMAX1120 allowing population of all 22 general purpose slots. The ADSL 6+0 plug-in card is interoperable with a G.992.1 or G.992.2-based modem/router at the customer premises. The ADSL 6+0 plug-in card is compatible with leading vendors, including Efficient Networks, 3Com, and Cayman Systems. The ADSL 6+0 plug-in card uses more power per ADSL circuit than POTS plug-in cards. The maximum number of ADSL 6+0 plug-in cards supported by a single UMC1000 CBA depends on the total power consumption of the other plug-in cards within the UMC1000 CBA. Contact AFC Application Engineering for power management guidelines when deploying multiple ADSL 6+0 plug-in cards in a single UMC1000 CBA.
ADSL 6+0, continued

General features
The ADSL 6+0 plug-in card has the following features: Dual memory support for non-service affecting programming Backplane access to metallic A and B for metallic loop test support Uses the PowerMAX line-card powering and heat dissipation technologies available with the DMAX1120 CBA, allowing use of ADSL 6+0 plug-in cards in all 22 general purpose slots
ADSL features
The ADSL 6+0 plug-in card has the following ADSL features: G.DMT, G.Lite ADSL, and ANSI T1.413 compliant Supports both EdgeAccess ATM and Native ATM connections Six ADSL circuits per plug-in card Compatible with a variety of industry-standard CPE
ADSL 6+0, continued

ADSL 6+0 faceplate
The ADSL 6+0 faceplate has the following LEDs: ADSL 6+0 FAIL Item LED Color Red Function Plug-in card failure
BUSY SYNC
Unable to communicate with CPU Flashing red Illegal signalling Green Future use Green or At least one ADSL data Blue circuit is enabled and trained up with the CPE
ADSL 6+0, continued

The ADSL 6+0 plug-in card specifications follow: Compatibility ADSL Signalling Line coding Data rate Alcatel Microelectronics-based CPE or G.Lite compliant CPE ITU-T G.992.1 (G.DMT) or ITU-T G.992.2 (G.Lite) ADSL Downstream: Rate adaptive up to 8 Mbps in 32-kbps steps Upstream: Rate adaptive up to 800 kbps in 32-kbps steps 100 @ 30 kHz to 1.1 MHz -40C to +65C -40F to +149F 5% to 95% non-condensing 20.0 W 13.018 cm (5.125 inches) 1.429 cm (0.563 inches) 26.67 cm (10.5 inches) 0.23 kg (0.5 pound) EN 300 386-2 for EMC EN 60950 for Safety
Input impedance Environmental Operating temperature Humidity (relative) Average power consumption Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight Compliance
ADSL 6+6
The Asymmetrical Digital Subscriber Line 6+6 (ADSL 6+6) plug-in card delivers high-speed data service over twisted copper pairs using industry-standard Discrete Multi-Tone (DMT) line coding technology. The ADSL 6+6 plug-in card supports the ITU G.992.2 (G.Lite) ADSL protocol. The ADSL 6+6 plug-in card delivers up to 1.5 Mbps downstream and up to 512 kbps upstream over unloaded twisted pairs. The ADSL 6+6 plug-in card has six ADSL G.Lite data circuits, six POTS circuits, and six integrated band-splitters that couple the six ADSL data circuits to the six POTS circuits. The card supports both EdgeAccess ATM and Native ATM connections. The ADSL 6+6 plug-in card has a Centillium chipset and is compatible with a variety of G.Lite-compliant and multimode CPE. The card features backplane metallic A/B access for loop testing with the Metallic Test Unit (MTU) plug-in card. The ADSL 6+6 plug-in card uses more power per circuit than traditional POTS plug-in cards. The maximum number of ADSL 6+6 plug-in cards supported in a single UMC1000 CBA depends on the total power consumption of the other plug-in cards within the CBA. Contact AFC Application Engineering for power management guidelines when deploying multiple ADSL 6+6 plug-in cards.
ADSL 6+6, continued

General features
The ADSL 6+6 plug-in card has these features: Backplane access to metallic A and B for metallic loop test support Dual memory support for non-service affecting upgrade
ADSL features
The ADSL 6+6 plug-in card has these ADSL features: Six ADSL circuits per plug-in card Supports both EdgeAccess ATM and Native ATM connections Uses a Centillium chipset Compatible with industry-standard G.Lite CPE
POTS features
The ADSL 6+6 plug-in card has the following POTS features: Use in Universal or V5 interfaces Six 2-wire circuits per plug-in card On-hook transmission (CLASS) capability Forward disconnect 600 local exchange impedance 1830 maximum DC supervision range Transient protection for outdoor bridging Loop test support including MLT Support for CMWI (Call Message Waiting Indicator)
ADSL 6+6, continued

ADSL 6+6 faceplate
The ADSL 6+6 faceplate has the following LEDs: ADSL 6+6 FAIL Item LED Color Red Function Plug-in card failure.
Card is unable to communicate with the CPU. Flashing red At least one POTS circuit is receiving illegal signalling BUSY SYNC Green Green or Blue At least one POTS circuit is active. At least one ADSL data circuit is enabled and trained up with the CPE.
ADSL 6+6, continued

The ADSL 6+6 plug-in card specifications follow: ADSL Signalling Line coding Data rate
Input impedance POTS Signalling End-to-end signalling delay (normal and reverse) Pulse distortion (pw > 25 msec) Ring trip detector (85 Vrms, 20 Hz) Ring trip delay (85 Vrms, 20 Hz) Maximum loop length incl. station Loop current @ -52 Vdc battery A/B (tip/ring) open circuit voltage: Normal mode, -52 Vdc battery On-hook transmission mode Off-hook detection threshold On-hook detection threshold Audio Companding Nominal input impedance Nominal loss (referenced to 2-wire 900 ) Maximum VF overload level Return loss (single frequency)
ITU G.992.1 (G.DMT) and ITU G.992.2 (G.Lite) Downstream: Rate adaptive up to 8 Mbps in 32-kbps steps Upstream: Rate adaptive up to 800 kbps in 32-kbps steps 600 @ 200 Hz to 3.2 kHz 100 @ 30 kHz to 1.1 MHz < 50 msec < 15 msec > 2000 < 40 msec 1830 @ 20 mA 25 mA constant, 2 x 300 feed > 41 Vdc > 41 Vdc < 2.0 k > 9.0 k A-Law 600 2.0 dBm 0.5 dB off-hook, 3.0 dB on-hook 5.0 dBm @ 600 > 18 dB (300 Hz to 3.4 kHz)
Part 1 of 2
Continued
Echo return loss
> 13 dB (300 Hz to 500 Hz) > 18 dB (500 Hz to 2.5 kHz) > 14 dB (2.5 kHz to 3.4 kHz)
-40C to +65C -40F to +149F 5% to 95% non-condensing 12.0 W 13.018 cm (5.125 inches) 1.429 cm (0.563 inches) 26.67 cm (10.5 inches) 0.23 kg (0.5 pound) TR-TSY-000057 TR-TSY-000303
Part 2 of 2
ADU
ADU description
The Asynchronous Data Unit (ADU) plug-in card provides a low bit rate asynchronous interface to the AccessMAX equipment for point-to-point services. The ADU also provides alarm indication and rate provisioning from a remote site via the Craft Interface. The ADU plug-in card is installed in both the LET and RSTs. The ADU operates at 1200 bps, 2400 bps, 4800 bps, 9600 bps, 19,200 bps or 32,400 bps. It supports one or two data channels per unit using a CCITT V.24/V.28 electrical interface. Refer to the following table for the V.24 pinouts: Table 4-1: ADU V.24 pinouts
DTE Signal
Circuit 1 TXD1 RXD1 GND1 RTS1 CTS1 DSR1 Circuit 2 TXD2 RXD2 GND2 RTS2 CTS2 DSR2 B1 B2 A2 A1 B5 B6 B3 B4 A6 A5 A3 A4
V.24 pinouts
Direction
Wire Wrap Posts
Key: TXD = Transmit Data RXD = Receive Data GND = Ground/Earth
RTS = Request to Send CTS = Clear to Send DSR = Data Set Ready
ADU, continued
ADU features
The ADU plug-in card has the following features: One or two multi-bit rate circuits per card V.24/V.28 electrical interface 1200 bps to 38.4 kbps asynchronous transmission Point-to-point asynchronous application LET or RST indoor applications
ADU faceplate
The ADU card has the following faceplate elements: ADU FAIL ACTV Item LED Color Function Red Indicates a hardware failure Green Plug-in card is active
ADU, continued
ADU specifications
The ADU plug-in card has the following specifications: ADU Data Handling Data rate Distortion at maximum rate End-to end data delay Electrical Interfaces CCITT V.24/V.28 Voltage Level Logic Level (1) Logic Level (0) Impedance (input) V.28 Current loop Environmental Operating temperature Humidity (relative) Average power consumption Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight Compliance
1200 bps to 38.4 kbps < 9% < 2 bits
9 Vpk @ 100 </= -3 Vpk >/= +3 Vpk 100 2 channels per card 20 mA 5% 0C to +65C 32F to 149F 5% to 95% non-condensing 3.4 W 13.018 cm (5.125 inches) 1.429 cm (0.563 inch) 26.67 cm (10.5 inches) 0.23 kg (0.5 pound) CCITT V.24/V.28
CDU
CDU description
The Codirectional Data Unit (CDU) plug-in card provides an asynchronous interface to AccessMAX equipment for point-to-multipoint services. In addition, the CDU card provides alarm indication from a remote site via the Craft Interface. The CDU plug-in card is installed in both the LET and the RSTs. The CDU operates at 64 kbps and can support three data channels per card using a CDU (G.703) 4-wire interface. The CDU plug-in card has the following features: Three circuits per card CDU (G.703) 4-wire interface LET and RST applications
CDU features
CDU, continued
CDU faceplate
The CDU plug-in card has the following faceplate elements:
CDU
Item FAIL ACTV
LED Color Function Red Indicates a hardware failure Green Plug-in card is active
CDU, continued
CDU specifications
The CDU plug-in card has the following specifications: CDU Data Handling Data rate Distortion at maximum rate End-to end data delay Electrical Interfaces CDU G.703 Environmental Operating temperature Humidity (relative) Average power consumption Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight Compliance
64 kbps < 9% < 2 bits
0C to 65C 32F to 149F 5% to 95% non-condensing 3.0 W 13.018 cm (5.125 inches) 1.429 cm (0.563 inch) 26.67 cm (10.5 inches) 0.23 kg (0.5 pound) G.703
CPU-2
CPU-2 description
The Central Processing Unit (CPU-2) plug-in card controls the AccessMAX system and installs at the LET and RST nodes. It performs system initialization, provisioning, alarm reporting, maintenance, diagnostics, and fault detection. In addition, it performs timing source selection, synchronization to external timing sources, and provides a high-stability internal timing reference. The CPU-2 meets SDH minimum clock requirements for holdover and free-run accuracy. The CPU-2 controls call processing for the AccessMAX system. It allocates timeslots for subscribers who have gone off-hook, cancels time slots for terminated calls, relays provisioning information to and from subscriber interfaces, and provides automatic concentration during span failures. The CPU-2 contains the AccessMAX Craft Interface software. Connect to the menu-driven Craft Interface port with a simple terminal, such as a VT 100, to perform system administration, maintenance, testing, and provisioning. Access the Craft Interface through either the standard RS232-C port located on the air ramp portion of the CBA, through wire-wrap backplane pins, or through a LAN connection using the IPMI plug-in card. Install a minimum of one CPU-2 at the LET and one at each RST. For redundancy, install an additional CPU-2 at each terminal.
CPU-2 features
The CPU-2 plug-in card has the following features: Craft Interface software Alarm generation and prioritization System maintenance and administration Non-volatile provisioning data storage Diagnostics and fault localization Timing source selection and synchronization Order wire and buzzer Dual memory support for non-service affecting upgrade EdgeAccess ATM support
CPU-2, continued
CPU-2 faceplate
The CPU-2 faceplate has the following elements: CPU-2 Item FAIL ACTV/STBY SYNC LED Color Red Green Amber Green or Blue Yellow Yellow Red Red Yellow N/A Green Function Plug-in card failure Plug-in card is active Plug-in card is standby System timing is synchronized with external clock source System is in Near End alarm condition System is in Far End alarm condition System is in critical alarm condition System is in major alarm condition System is in minor alarm condition Clears alarms when pressed State change indicates ACO activation
NE FE CRIT MAJ MIN ACO switch ACO
CPU-2, continued
CPU-2 specifications
The CPU-2 plug-in card specifications follow: CPU Microprocessor Program and provisioning data store
Slot selectable (any service slot) External 64-kbps clock External 2.048-MHz BITS clock Note: Terminate external clocks using wire-wrap pins on the backplane. Apply terminating impedance by placing a 130 resistor (min. 1/8 W) between pins C3 and D3 on the backplane. Internal Clock Initial accuracy 1 ppm @ 25C (77F) Stability 16.384 MHz 2 ppm (10 years) Environmental Operating temperature -40C to +65C -40F to +149F Humidity (relative) 5 to 95% non-condensing Maximum power consumption 3.8 W Typical power consumption 3.4 W Dimensions Height 13.018 cm (5.125 inches) Width 1.429 cm (0.563 inch) Depth 26.67 cm (10.5 inches) Weight 0.23 kg (0.5 pound) Compliance Jitter tolerance T1E1 1.2/88-OMR, ANSI Office composite clock TA-TSY-000378 Telcordia Synchronization TA-NPL-000436 Telcordia
RAM store Timing Generator Clock sources selection
Motorola MPC 860 Flash EPROM (8.192kbps) (This includes 3 provisioning databases @512 kbps each) DRAM (16384 kbps)
CPU-3
CPU-3 description
The Central Processing Unit 3 (CPU-3) plug-in card controls the AccessMAX system and installs at the LET and RST nodes. It provides access to the cell bus, enabling ATM end-to-end and supports both EdgeAccess ATM and Native ATM connections. The CPU-3 card performs system initialization, provisioning, alarm reporting, maintenance, diagnostics, and fault detection. In addition, it selects timing sources, synchronizes to external timing sources, and provides a high-stability internal timing reference. The CPU-3 card meets SDH minimum clock requirements for holdover and free-run accuracy. The CPU-3 plug-in card hosts the systems Connection Admission Control (CAC) function. CAC initiates, maintains, and tears down virtual channel connections provisioned by the user. The CPU-3 manages bandwidth and controls allocation of VPI/VCI resources. The CPU-3 plug-in card controls call processing for the AccessMAX system. It allocates timeslots for subscribers who have gone off-hook, cancels time slots for terminated calls, relays provisioning information to and from subscriber interfaces, and provides automatic concentration during span failures. The CPU-3 plug-in card contains the menu-driven AccessMAX Craft Interface software. Connect to the Craft Interface port with a simple terminal, such as a VT100, to perform system administration, maintenance, testing, and provisioning. Access the Craft Interface using the standard RS232-C port located on the air ramp portion of the CBA, through wire-wrap backplane pins, or through a LAN connection using the IPMI plug-in card. Install a minimum of one CPU-3 plug-in card at the LET, and one at each RST when building out from the LET to deploy Native ATM. For redundancy, install an additional CPU-3 card at each terminal. For expansion shelves, the card supports ELU/EBC and ELU-3/EBC-3 spans simultaneously.
CPU-3, continued
CPU-3 features
The CPU-3 plug-in card has the following features: Craft Interface software Alarm generation and prioritization System maintenance and administration Non-volatile provisioning data storage Diagnostics and fault localization Timing source selection and synchronization Order wire and buzzer Dual memory support for non-service affecting programming Supports both EdgeAccess ATM and Native ATM connections
CPU-3, continued
CPU-3 faceplate
The CPU-3 faceplate has the following elements: CPU-3 Item FAIL ACTV/STBY
CPU-3
FAIL ACTV STBY SYNC NE FE CRIT MAJ MIN
SYNC
LED Color Red Green Amber Green
NE FE CRIT MAJ MIN
Yellow Yellow Red Red Yellow N/A Green
ACO
ACO switch ACO
Function Plug-in card failure Plug-in card is active Plug-in card is standby System timing is synchronized with external clock source System is in Near End alarm condition System is in Far End alarm condition System is in critical alarm condition System is in major alarm condition System is in minor alarm condition Clears alarms when pressed State change indicates ACO activation
CPU-3, continued
CPU-3 specifications
The CPU-3 plug-in card specifications follow: CPU-3 Microprocessor Program and provisioning data store RAM store Timing Generator Clock sources selection
Motorola MPC 860 Flash EPROM (8 MB) SDRAM (16 MB)
Slot selectable (any service slot) External 64-kbps clock External 2.048-MHz BITS clock Note: Terminate external clocks using wire-wrap pins on the backplane. Apply terminating impedance by placing a 130 resistor (min. 1/8 W) between pins C3 and D3 on the backplane. Internal Clock Initial accuracy 1 ppm @ 25C (77F) Stability 16.384 MHz 2 ppm (10 years) Environmental Operating temperature -40C to +65C -40F to +149F Humidity (relative) 5 to 95% non-condensing Maximum power consumption 15 W Typical power consumption 10 W Dimensions Height 13.018 cm (5.125 inches) Width 1.429 cm (0.563 inch) Depth 26.67 cm (10.5 inches) Weight Compliance Jitter tolerance Office composite clock Synchronization 0.23 kg (0.5 pound) T1E1 1.2/88-OMR, ANSI TA-TSY-000378 Telcordia TA-NPL-000436 Telcordia
DDU
DDU description
The Digital Data Unit (DDU) plug-in card extends the existing Diginet Kilostream links. It supports two separate Diginet channels of 71.1 kbps each by using four 64-kbps channels (two per circuit). One channel provides for the payload while the other channel provides data an internal communications channel. Each DDU plug-in card occupies two AccessMAX slots. The DDU plug-in card at the LET receives the two-wire Diginet service from the Muldex/ENA and multiplexes the payload and overhead into two 64-kbps timeslots. The data is then transmitted across the AccessMAX transport to the RST. The far-end DDU plug-in card de-multiplexes the data and provides the restored Diginet service at the extended range. The process is duplicated in the upstream direction. Regenerators are not supported. The DDU plug-in card provides digital signalling and wetting current for two Diginet NTUs (Remote) over two pairs of 0.4 mm twisted copper wires for a maximum signal transmission distance of 5.0 km per channel. A wetting current of 6.2 mA at -50 V is applied to the line terminals at the RST and terminated at the LET. On the AccessMAX backplane, the signal interface uses the standard TDM bus architecture and signal strengths. A 2.048 MHz external timing source reference from the CO is required.
DDU features
The DDU plug-in card has the following features: Supports two Diginet channels of 71.1 kbps each Set loopbacks toward the facility or equipment Can be mapped between local and remote DDU Supported by any AccessMAX ETSI-based transceiver Provides digital signalling and wetting current for two Diginet NTUs (remote) over two pairs of 0.4 mm twisted copper wires Maximum signal transmission distance of 5.0 km per channel Maximum of 11 DDU plug-in cards can be used in any one AccessMAX CBA
DDU, continued
DDU faceplate
The DDU faceplate has the following LEDs: DDU Item FAIL LED Color Function Red Indicates a hardware failure LED is off when the card passes self-diagnostic testing on the circuits The LED flashes when card is in illegal signalling state Plug-in card is active LED is off when there are no cross-connects The LED flashes when atleast one DDU channel is in loopback mode Synchronization is lost on atleast one circuit. LED is off when both circuits are synchronized. Wetting current failure in at least one circuit.
ACTV
Green
LOS
Red
WCF
Red
DDU, continued
DDU specifications
The DDU plug-in card has the following specifications: Data Handling Analog Parameters Input impedance Environmental Operating temperature Humidity (relative) Power consumption 71.1 kbps per card 2 circuits per plug-in card 75 , coaxial 0C to +70C 32F to +158F 5% to 95% non-condensing < 4.5 W peak (500 mA at +5 Vdc, 10 mA at -5 Vdc, 15 mA at -50 Vdc) 13.2 cm (5.196 inches) 3.02 cm (1.188 inches) 26.67 cm (10.5 inches) 0.41 kg (0.903 pound) ITU K-20
Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight Compliance
E&M
E&M description
The E&M plug-in card is a special services channel unit. The E&M card supports one subscriber line circuit for E&M types II, III, and IV; it supports two subscriber line circuits configured for operation in E&M types I or V. The E&M plug-in card also supports DX signalling (switched or fixed bias). It can provide subscriber line circuits for Tandem modes I and II and PLR (Pulse Link Repeater) types I and II. In addition, the card may be used in a transmission-only mode. The E&M can provide either two- or four-wire service. The E&M plug-in card has a fixed impedance of 600 ohms. Voice frequency gain is provisionable in 0.1 dB increments.
E&M features
The E&M plug-in card has the following features: Provides one or two E&M circuits per card, depending on the type Provisionable transmit and receive gain Provisionable bias (switched or fixedDX mode only) Software-provisionable E&M and PLR modes (2-wire or 4-wire) Software-provisionable Tandem and DX modes (4-wire only)
E&M, continued
E&M faceplate
The E&M faceplate has the following LEDs: E&M FAIL BUSY Item LED Color Function Red Plug-in card failure Flashing red Illegal signalling Green Plug-in card is busy or being tested
E&M, continued
E&M specifications
The E&M plug-in card specifications follow: Signalling Signalling types
E&M type I, II, III, IV, V Tandem mode I and II PLR types I and II DX (fixed or switched bias) Signalling delay 50 ms maximum Wink distortion for any off wink > 50 10 ms ms On-hook interval distortion for 22 ms intervals > 50 ms Maximum loop length (E&M, PLR, 300 Tandem) Maximum loop length (DX) 3500 (including 1430 for DX unit) Pulse distortion < 3% at 12 pps (46% to 70% break) Audio Transmit gain adjustment (towards -7.0 dB to +17.5 dB DLC) Receive gain adjustment (from DLC) -16.0 dB to +8.5 dB Line impedance (2 W and 4 W) 600 2W return loss ERL > 18 dB Longitudinal balance > 58 dB (400 Hz to 3.4 kHz) Idle channel noise < 20 dBrnC Max. cable length when attenuation 2.133 km (7 kft.) of 24 AWG distortion limit is -0.5 dB to +3.5 dB (300 Hz to 3 kHz) Environmental Operating temperature -40C to +65C -40F to 149F Humidity (relative) 5% to 95% non-condensing Average power consumption 3.0 W Maximum power consumption 8.8 W
Part 1 of 2 2002, Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Confidential and Proprietary Information. SD Cards 40 Not for use or disclosure except by written agreement with AFC Rev 1
Continued
Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight Compliance Telcordia (Bellcore)
13.018 cm (5.125 inches) 1.429 cm (0.563 inch) 26.67 cm (10.5 inches) 0.23 kg (0.5 pound) TR-TSY-000057 TR-TSY-000303
Part 2 of 2
E1A
E1A description
The Asynchronous E1 Line Powering (E1A) plug-in card provides an asynchronous E1 interface operating at 2.048 Mbps. Use the E1A card in applications that require transport of intact E1 signals. The E1A card does not perform signalling conversion or datalink termination. The transceiver provides BPV alarming, performance monitoring statistics, and alarm history. The E1A power feed system (60 mA constant current source at -130 Vdc) can power multiple span line repeaters in any of several power feed options. The number of repeaters is a function of the repeater voltage and wire gauge used between repeaters. The external power feed resistance of the E1A must not exceed a 2000 Ohms equivalent resistance for the network.
E1A features
The E1A plug-in card has the following features: One asynchronous, line-powering E1 circuit per card Intact E1 transport Customer E1 service capability Extensive loopback diagnostics Front panel jack access for testing and monitoring
E1A continued
E1A faceplate
The E1A faceplate has the following LEDs: E1A Item FAIL ACTV LED Color Function Red Hardware failure Green The plug-in card is active Flashing 120 times per minute indicates self-testing or provisioning Flashing 60 times per minute indicates loopback test. Red LOS or high BER on incoming data Blue Reserved N/A E1 test and monitoring access from equipment N/A E1 test and monitoring access from facility N/A E1 test access toward the equipment N/A E1 test access toward the facility
LOC AIS E OUT jack F OUT jack E IN jack F IN jack
E1A, continued
E1A specifications
The E1A plug-in card has the following specifications: Signalling Framing Line coding Loopback modes Analog Parameters Equalization Receive Transmit Input impedance Powering Output current Output voltage (open circuit) Output noise Environmental Operating temperature Humidity (relative) Maximum power consumption Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight Compliance Jitter Cable Interface
Unframed or framed HDB3 Local, Remote
Automatic line build out (38 dB attenuation) Fixed 3.0Vpk 0.3Vpk 120 60 mA 2mA -130V 5 V < 10 m V pk-pk -40C to +65C -40F to +149F 5% to 95% non-condensing 12.0 W 13.018 cm (5.125 inches) 1.429 cm (0.563 inch) 26.67 cm (10.5 inches) 0.23 kg (0.5 pound) CCITT G.703 I.431 draft CCITT G.703
E1AX
E1AX description
The Asynchronous E1 Non-Line Powering (E1AX) plug-in card provides a cross-connect level interface operating at the E1 rate of 2.048 Mbps. Use the E1AX plug-in card in applications that require transport of intact E1 signals. The E1AX is also used to deliver intact E1 services to the G.703 signalling equipment. The transceiver provides BPV alarming, performance monitoring statistics, and alarm history. The maximum transmission distance is 199.7 meters (655 feet). The E1AX card does not provide sealing current nor does it perform signalling conversion or datalink termination.
E1AX features
The E1AX plug-in card has the following features: One non-line powering, asynchronous E1 circuit per card Intact E1 transport Customer E1 service capability Extensive loopback diagnostics Front panel jack access for testing and monitoring
E1AX, continued
E1AX faceplate The E1AX faceplate has the following LEDs:
E1AX
Item FAIL ACTV
LOC AIS E OUT jack F OUT jack E IN jack F IN jack
LED Color Function Red Plug-in card failure Green Plug-in-card is active Flashing 120 times per minute indicates self-testing or provisioning Flashing 60 times per minute indicates loopback test Red LOS or high BER on incoming data Blue E OUT jack N/A E1 test and monitoring access from equipment N/A E1 test and monitoring access from facility N/A E1 test access toward the equipment N/A E1 test access toward the facility
E1AX, continued
E1AX specifications
The E1AX plug-in card has the following specifications: Signalling Framing Line coding Loopback modes Analog Parameters Equalization Receive Transmit Input impedance Environmental Operating temperature Humidity (relative) Maximum power consumption Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight Compliance Jitter Cable interface
Unframed, framed HDB3 Local, Remote
Automatic line build out (15 dB attenuation) Fixed 3.0 Vpk 0.3 Vpk 120 -40C to +65C -40F to +149F 5 to 95% non-condensing 2.5 W 13.018 cm (5.125 inches) 1.429 cm (0.563 inch) 26.67 cm (10.5 inches) 0.23 kg (0.5 pound) CCITT G.703 I.431 draft CCITT G.703
E1HD-XCVR (ADTRAN)
E1HD-XCVR description
The E1 HDSL Transceiver (E1HD-XCVR) plug-in card provides an E1 rate interface. It can transmit and receive up to 32 channels of voice or data from channel units in the CBA subscriber slots or from other E1 transceivers. Each E1HD-XCVR can transport a single E1 up to 3.7 km over non-repeatered 0.51 mm copper pairs. For a greater distance, the ADTRAN E1HD can power up to two ADTRAN HDSL range extenders (HREs) and one HDSL Termination Unit (HTU), providing up to 10.97 km of reach. Note: The ADTRAN E1HD-XCVR card described here is not end-to-end interoperable with the PairGain E1HD-XCVR. AD is printed on the upper right side of the ADTRAN card. The ADTRAN card only supports Customer Premise Equipment (CPE) and HREs from ADTRAN. The E1HD-XCVR performs signalling conversion and datalink termination. E1HD-XCVR can be configured in an unframed format to allow for intact (asynchronous) E1 transport to any subscriber using the ADTRAN HDSL remote unit. The transceiver has selectable alarm thresholds, BER calculation, performance monitoring statistics, and alarm history.
E1HD-XCVR features
The E1HD-XCVR (ADTRAN) plug-in card has the following features: Compatible with ADTRAN HDSL products HDSL ETR-152 compliant Up to 3.7 km non-repeatered E1 transmission on 0.51 mm copper facilities Line powering for up to two HREs plus one HTU Loopback diagnostics Customer intact E1 delivery capability Dual memory support for non-service affecting upgrade
E1HD-XCVR (ADTRAN), continued

E1HD-XCVR faceplate
The E1HD-XCVR faceplate has the following LEDs and jacks: E1HD-XCVR LED Color Function FAIL Red Plug-in card failure ACTV Green Plug-in card is active LOC Multi-color Monitors the status of the HDSL span and indicates the unit is in Near End alarm. Note: While card is out of sync, it always tries to synchronize. REM Amber Alarm from the remote end of the span Item
E O U T F E I N F
E1HD-XCVR (ADTRAN), continued

E1HD-XCVR specifications
The E1HD-XCVR plug-in card has the following specifications: Signalling Features Frame format
BER Loopback modes Line coding Transmission Loop Parameters Transmit power Output impedance Return loss Compatibility Regenerators T200 E1 Encapsulated Encapsulated Housings T400 NTU (4th Gen.) Circuit Pack T400 NTU (4th or 5th Gen.) Standalone Housing T200 NTU (5th Gen.) Circuit Pack
Per TA-NWT-1210 (binary, 6 millisecond, doubleloop, bi-directional channel) < 10 -8 at maximum loop Local, Remote 2B1Q 2 pair full duplex +13.5 dBm ( 0.5 dBm) 135 > 20 dB (40 kHz to 200 kHz)
Part # 1245043L1 Part # 1244043L3 Part # 1245043L3 Part # 1244031L1 Part # 1242061L1 Part # 12450431L3
CPE Part # 1245033L1 E1 Nx64 NTU Part # 1200421L1 ESU HDSL 120e Note: Compatibility information is accurate at publication. check ADTRAN product documentation. Environmental Operating temperature -40C to +65C -40F to +149F
Part 1 of 2
Continued
Humidity (relative) Maximum power consumption Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight Compliance
5% to 95% non-condensing 5.0 W 13.018 cm (5.125 inches) 1.429 cm (0.563 inch) 26.67 cm (10.5 inches) 0.24 kg (0.53 pound) ETR-152 IEC 801-2 Telcordia (Bellcore)1089 Class A-2 FCC part 15 Class A IEC 801-2
Part 2 of 2
E1HD-XCVR (PairGain)
E1HD-XCVR description
The E1 HDSL Transceiver (E1HD-XCVR) plug-in card provides an E1 rate interface. It can transmit and receive up to 30 channels of voice or data from channel units in the CBA subscriber slots or from other E1 transceivers. Use the E1HD-XCVR in applications that require non-repeatered E1 spans. Each E1HD-XCVR can transport a single E1 up to 3.35 km over non-repeatered, unconditioned 0.51 mm copper wire pairs. The E1HD-XCVR performs signalling conversion and datalink termination. Line coding is 2B1Q, with echo cancellation. The E1HD-XCVR uses two copper wire pairs to transport 30 channels. Half of the payload is carried by each pair. The E1HD-XCVR plug-in card does not use separate transmit and receive pairsit uses two pairs that provide bidirectional transmission. The transceiver has selectable alarm thresholds, BER calculation, performance monitoring statistics and alarm history. The E1HD-XCVR features E1 channel level test jacks (not HDSL jacks). These jacks can be used to see E1 signals using standard E1 test equipment. The Equipment In and Out jacks provide test access to the system backplane via the E1 framer. The Equipment In and Out jacks provide E1 access toward the line via the PairGain HDSL converter module. The Facility and Equipment In jacks activate only when a signal is applied to the jack input. The Facility and Equipment Out jacks always provide a channel level output.
E1HD-XCVR features
The E1HD-XCVR (PairGain) plug-in card has the following features: Compatible with PairGain products One non-repeatered E1 2.048 Mbps HDSL interface Up to 3.35 km non-repeatered E1 transmission on 0.51 mm copper facilities Double frame, and CRC multiframe formats Extensive loopback diagnostics Front panel jack access for test and monitoring Customer intact E1 delivery capability
E1HD-XCVR (PairGain), continued

E1HD-XCVR faceplate
The E1HD-XCVR faceplate has the following LEDs and jacks: E1HDXCVR Item FAIL ACTV LOC LED Color Red Green Orange Red Function Plug-in card failure Plug-in card is active Link is under the margin threshold. Plug-in card is out of sync.
E O U T F E I N F
Note: While card is out of sync, it always tries to synchronize. REM Amber Alarm from the remote end of the span E OUT jack N/A E1 test and monitoring access from the equipment F OUT jack N/A E1 test and monitoring access from the facility E IN jack N/A E1 test access toward the equipment F IN jack N/A E1 test access toward the facility Note: Facility and Equipment IN jacks activate only when a signal is applied to the jack input; a signal is only sourced from these jacks if a signal is actually present. Facility and Equipment OUT jacks always provide a DSX level output.
E1HD-XCVR (PairGain), continued

E1HD-XCVR specifications
The E1HD-XCVR plug-in card has the following specifications: Signalling Features Frame format
BER Loopback modes Line coding Transmission Loop Parameters Transmit power Output impedance Return loss Environmental Operating temperature Humidity (relative) Maximum power consumption Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight Compliance
Per TA-NWT- 1210 (binary, 6 millisecond, doubleloop, bi-directional channel) < 10 -9 at maximum loop Local, Remote 2B1Q 2 pair full duplex +13.5 dBm ( 1dBm) 135 > 20 dB (40 kHz to 200 kHz) -40C to +65C -40F to +149F 5% to 95% non-condensing 5.0 W 13.018 cm (5.125 inches) 1.429 cm (0.563 inch) 26.67 cm (10.5 inches) 0.24 kg (0.53 pound) TA-NWT-1210
E1-XCVR
E1-XCVR description
The line-powering E1 Transceiver (E1-XCVR) plug-in card operates at the CCITT rate of 2.048 Mbps and provides an E1 cable interface. It can transmit and receive up to 30, 64-kbps channels of voice or data originating from either the channel units in the CBA subscriber slots, other CBA E1 transceivers, or a digital carrier line unit in a digital switch. Install the E1-XCVR in both the LET and RST. The E1-XCVR card has an Automatic Line Build Out function on its transmit side and four discrete Line Build Out settings on its receive side. Provision these settings via the AccessMAX Craft Interface. The line coding is HDB3. The E1-XCVR performs signalling conversion and datalink termination. The transceiver has selectable alarm thresholds, BER calculation, performance monitoring statistics, and alarm history. The E1-XCVR also provides loopbacks and sealing current. The E1-XCVR has a power feed system (60 mA constant current) to power multiple span line repeaters in end-to-end, midspan, or span terminating (sink) powering configurations. The number of repeaters powered is a function of the repeater voltage and wire gauge used between repeaters. The external power feed resistance must not exceed a 2000 equivalent resistance for the network.
E1-XCVR features
The E1-XCVR plug-in card has the following features: One line-powering E1 interface per card Double frame, CRC multiframe formats Extensive loopback diagnostics Front panel jack access for test/maintenance
E1-XCVR, continued
E1-XCVR faceplate
The E1-XCVR faceplate has the following LEDs and jacks: E1-XCVR Item FAIL ACTV LED Color Function Red Plug-in card failure Green Plug-in-card is active Flashes 120 times per minute when card is in self-test Flashes 60 times per minute when card is in loopback Problem with incoming data Far End is not receiving data E1 test and monitoring access from the equipment E1 test and monitoring access from the facility E1 test access toward the equipment E1 test access toward the facility
LOC REM E OUT jack F OUT jack E IN jack F IN jack
Red Amber N/A N/A N/A N/A
E1-XCVR, continued
E1-XCVR specifications
The E1-XCVR plug-in card has the following specifications: Signalling Framing Line coding Error Checking Loopback modes Analog Parameters Equalization Receive Transmit Input impedance Powering Output current (short circuit) Output voltage (open circuit) Output noise (DC-20Mhz) External power feed resistance Environmental Operating temperature Humidity (relative) Maximum power consumption Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight Compliance Jitter Cable interface
Doubleframe, CRC multiframe HDB3 CRC4, CRC6 Local, Remote
Automatic line build out (38 dB attenuation) Fixed 3.0 Vpk 0.4 Vpk 120 twisted pair 60 mA 2 mA -130 V 5 V < 10 m V pk-pk 2000 -40C to +65C -40F to +149F 5% to 95% non-condensing 12.1 W 13.018 cm (5.125 inches) 1.429 cm (0.563 inch) 26.67 cm (10.5 inches) 0.23 kg (0.5 pound) CCITT G.703 I.431 draft CCITT G.703
E1X-XCVR
E1X-XCVR description
The Non-Line Powering E1 Transceiver (E1X-XCVR) plug-in card operates at an E1 rate of 2.048 Mbps and provides an indoor E1 (G.703) level interface. It transmits and receives up to 30, 64-kbps channels of voice or data originating from the channel units in the CBA subscriber slots, other CBA E1 transceivers, or a digital carrier line unit in a digital switch. Use the E1X-XCVR for applications requiring interface to multiplexers or other co-located equipment.The E1X-XCVR performs signalling conversion and datalink termination. You can also use the E1X-XCVR card as a service plug-in card to drop a single channelized E1 circuit to a G.703 equipment. The transceiver has selectable alarm thresholds, BER calculation, performance monitoring statistics, and alarm history.
E1X-XCVR features
The E1X-XCVR plug-in card has the following features: One CCITT/E1 2.048-Mbps interface per card Double frame, CRC multiframe formats Provisionable zero suppression Extensive loopback diagnostics Front panel jack access for test and monitoring Fractional E1 to customers or for dedicated services Provisionable as a ATM UNI interface to an ATM network
E1X-XCVR, continued
E1X-XCVR faceplate
The E1X-XCVR faceplate has the following LEDs and jacks: E1X-XCVR Item FAIL ACTV LED Color Function Red Plug-in card failure Green Datalink is present Flashes 120 times per minute when card is in self-test Flashes 60 times per minute when card is in loopback Problem with incoming data Far end is not receiving data E1 test and monitoring access from the equipment E1 test and monitoring access from the facility E1 test access toward the equipment E1 test access toward the facility
LOC REM E OUT jack F OUT jack E IN jack F IN jack
Red Amber N/A N/A N/A N/A
E1X-XCVR, continued
E1X-XCVR specifications
The E1X-XCVR plug-in card has the following specifications: Signalling Framing Line coding Signalling Loopback modes Analog Parameters Transmitter Receiver sensitivity Input impedance Environmental Operating temperature Humidity (relative) Maximum power consumption Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight Compliance -40F to +149F -40C to +65C 5% to 95% non-condensing 2.5 W 5.125 inches (13.018 cm) 0.563 inch (1.429 cm) 10.5 inches (26.67 cm) 0.5 pound (0.23 kg) Jitter: CCITT G.703 I.413 draft Cable interface: CCITT G.703
Doubleframe, CRC multiframe HDB3 CAS Equipment, Facility Fixed 3.0 Vpk 0.3 Vpk Automatic line build out - 43 dB 120 twisted pair, 75 with balun adapter
E3I-XCVR
E3I-XCVR description
The E3 Intact Transceiver (E3I-XCVR) plug-in card provides high-rate, point-to-point transport between AccessMAX terminals over E3-based transport facilities (microwave radio-based E3 and SDH). The E3I-XCVR also provides intra-building transport using existing 75 coaxial cable runs (less than 138 meters). It also provides full, non-blocking, non-concentrated service for 480 subscribers. Install the E3I-XCVR in any of the 22 general purpose slots of the AccessMAX CBA. This plug-in card supports a maximum of 34 Mbps.
E3I-XCVR features
The E3I-XCVR plug-in card has the following features: Transmission rate 34 Mbps Coaxial line build out of up to 137 meters Clear channel signalling Compatible with third-party E3 mux (SDH) Hot standby capability Dual memory support for non-service affecting upgrade
E3I-XCVR, continued
E3I-XCVR faceplate
The E3I-XCVR plug-in card has the following LEDs: E3I-XCVR Item FAIL ACTV LED Color Function Red Plug-in card failure Green Plug-in card is active Flashes 120 times per minute when card is in self-test Flashes 60 times per minute when card is in loopback Synchronized with a counterpart E3I-XCVR card Loss of signal. Traffic is automatically switched to a redundant transceiver, if present
SYNC
Blue
LOS
Red
E3I-XCVR, continued
E3I-XCVR specifications
The E3I-XCVR plug-in card has the following specifications: Signalling Framing Line coding Line build out Loopback modes Analog Parameters Input impedance Environmental Operating temperature Humidity (relative) Maximum power consumption Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight
C-bit parity HDB3 < 137 m Line, Payload 75 , coaxial -40C to +65C -40F to +149F 5% to 95% non-condensing 5W 13.018 cm (5.125 inches) 1.429 cm (0.563 inch) 26.67 cm (10.5 inches) 0.23 kg (0.5 pound)
EBC
EBC description
The Expansion Bank Control (EBC) plug-in card provides the microprocessor-based control for each expansion shelf (CBA) in an AccessMAX terminal. It provides the interface to the system for each of the plug-in cards in the expansion shelf via a fiber-optic connection to the primary shelf-based Expansion Link Unit plug-in card (see ELU on page 70). The EBC distributes system commands and monitors the performance of each card. The EBC card(s) resides in the CPU slot(s) in the expansion shelf. Use two EBCs in the expansion shelf for redundancy. The fiber connection between the ELU and the EBC operates at 49.152 Mbps to ensure full, non-blocking access to the transmission facility for all narrow and wideband services used in the expansion CBA.
EBC features
The EBC plug-in card has the following features: Allows simple system expansion Resides in each expansion shelf Interfaces to the ELU in the primary shelf Shelf control for expansion shelves Generates status updates to the CPU via the ELU CRC protection on the expansion link Receives timing from the primary shelf
EBC, continued
EBC faceplate
The EBC faceplate has the following LEDs: EBC Item FAIL ACTV LED Color Function Red Plug-in card failure Green Plug-in card is active and can carry traffic Flashing Indicates loss of optical Green input Blue or Counterpart ELU plug-in green card and datalink are present
SYNC
EBC, continued
EBC specifications
The EBC plug-in card has the following specifications: Interface Specification Transmission rate Transmitter Receiver Coding Fiber type Connector type Environmental Operating temperature Humidity (relative) Maximum power consumption Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight
49.152 Mbps LED PIN Photodiode NRZI Multimode plastic HP Versa-link -40C to +65C -40F to +149F 5% to 95% non-condensing 5.45 W 13.018 cm (5.125 inches) 1.429 cm (0.563 inch) 26.67 cm (10.5 inches) 0.23 kg (0.5 pound)
EBC-3
EBC-3 description
The Expansion Bank Control 3 (EBC-3) plug-in card provides the microprocessor-based control for each broadband expansion shelf (CBA) in an AccessMAX terminal. An expansion shelf ATM bus is active and broadband-ready when the shelf contains an EBC-3 that connects to an ELU-3 card in the primary shelf. The EBC-3 plug-in card carries TDM and ATM data on separate multimode plastic fiber pairs. The EBC-3 plug-in card resides in a CPU slot in the expansion shelf. It provides the interface to the system for each of the plug-in cards in the expansion shelf via fiber-optic connections to the primary shelf-based Expansion Link Unit plug-in card (see ELU-3 on page 73). The card accesses the ATM backplane, distributes system commands, and monitors the performance of each card. Use two EBC-3s in the expansion shelf for redundancy. The fiber connection carrying ATM traffic between the ELU-3 card and the EBC-3 card operates at 155 Mbps to ensure full, non-blocking access to the transmission facility regardless of the types of plug-in cards used in the expansion shelf.
EBC-3 features
The EBC-3 plug-in card has the following features: Allows simple system expansion Supports transport of traffic from the ATM and TDM buses Enables broadband services in the expansion shelf Interfaces to the ELU-3 plug-in card in the primary shelf Shelf control for expansion shelves Generates status updates to the CPU via the ELU plug-in card CRC protection on the expansion link Dual memory support for non-service affecting programming Receives DDS timing from the primary shelf
EBC-3, continued
EBC-3 faceplate
The EBC-3 faceplate has the following LEDs: EBC-3 FAIL

EBC-3
FAIL ACTV SYNC
Item
LED Color Function Red Plug-in card failure Plug-in card is unable to communicate with the ELU Plug-in card is active and can carry traffic Counterpart ELU-3 plug-in card and datalink are present Plug-in card is receiving a framed signal on the TDM and ATM fiber pairs Sub-data link communications established in both directions
ACTV SYNC
Green Green
EBC-3, continued
EBC-3 specifications
The EBC-3 plug-in card specifications follow: Interface Specification Transmission rate Transmitter Receiver Coding Fiber type Connector type Environmental Operating temperature Humidity (relative) Maximum power consumption Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight
155.52 Mbps LED PIN Photodiode NRZI Multimode plastic (two fiber pairs) HP Versa-link -40C to +65C -40F to +149F 5% to 95% non-condensing 15.0 W 5.125 inches (13.018 cm) 0.563 inch (1.429 cm) 10.5 inches (26.67 cm) 0.5 pound (0.23 kg)
ELU
ELU description
The Expansion Link Unit (ELU) plug-in card provides the system connection from the primary shelf to each of the expansion shelves in an AccessMAX terminal. One (two for redundancy) ELU is dedicated to each expansion shelf and provides the fiber-optic connection to the Expansion Bank Control plug-in card (see EBC on page 64) located in the expansion shelf. The ELU transmits system commands from the CPU to its dedicated expansion shelf. It also receives information from the EBC plug-in card and relays it to the CPU. The ELU may reside in any of the 22 general purpose slots in the primary shelf. The connection between the ELU and the EBC operates at 49.152 Mbps to ensure full non-blocking access to the transmission facility for all narrow and wideband services used in the expansion CBA.
ELU features
The ELU plug-in card has the following features: Allows simple system expansion Resides in the primary shelf Microprocessor controlled Communications gateway between the CPU and the expansion shelves Non-blocking inter-shelf connection Provides composite clock P-Bits and N-Bits to the expansion shelf for timing in the expansion shelf
ELU, continued
ELU faceplate
The ELU faceplate has the following LEDs: ELU Item FAIL ACTV SYNC LED Color Function Red Plug-in card failure Green Plug-in card is active and can carry traffic Blue Counterpart EBC plug-in card and datalink are present
ELU, continued
ELU specifications
The ELU plug-in card specifications follow: Interface Specification Transmission rate Transmitter Receiver Coding Fiber type Connector type Environmental Operating temperature Humidity (relative) Maximum power consumption Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight
49.152 Mbps LED PIN Photodiode NRZI Multimode plastic HP Versa-link -40C to +65C -40F to +149F 5% to 95% non-condensing 5.45 W 13.018 cm (5.125 inches) 1.429 cm (0.563 inch) 26.67 cm (10.5 inches) 0.23 kg (0.5 pound)
ELU-3
ELU-3 description
The Expansion Link Unit 3 (ELU-3) plug-in card provides the system connection from a broadband primary shelf to each of the expansion shelves in an AccessMAX terminal. An expansion shelf ATM bus is active and broadband-ready when the shelf contains an EBC-3, and connects to an ELU-3 card. Use the ELU-3 card when a CPU-3 card is present in the primary shelf, and ATM transport is present to the expansion shelf. The ELU-3 plug-in card carries TDM and ATM data on separate multimode plastic fiber pairs. The ELU-3 plug-in card may reside in any of the 22 general purpose slots in the primary shelf. Each primary shelf supports the ability to interconnect a maximum of seven secondary shelves using ELU-3 plug-in cards. One ELU-3 card is dedicated to each expansion shelf and provides the fiber-optic connections to an Expansion Bank Control 3 plug-in card (EBC-3 on page 67) located on an expansion shelf. The ELU-3 card accesses the ATM backplane, and transmits system commands from the CPU-3 to a dedicated expansion shelf. It also receives information from the EBC-3 plug-in card and relays it to the CPU-3. Use two ELU-3 cards in the expansion shelf for redundancy. The ATM connection between the ELU-3 card and the EBC-3 card operates at 155 Mbps to ensure full non-blocking access to the transmission facility regardless of the types of plug-in cards used in the expansion shelf.
ELU-3 features
The ELU-3 plug-in card has the following features: Allows simple system expansion Supports transport of traffic from the ATM and TDM buses Microprocessor controlled Communications gateway between the CPU-3 and the expansion shelves Non-blocking inter-shelf connection Dual memory support for non-service affecting programming Provides composite clock P-Bits and N-Bits to the expansion shelf for DDS timing in the expansion shelf
ELU-3, continued
ELU-3 faceplate The ELU-3 faceplate has the following LEDs:
ELU-3 FAIL
ELU-3
FAIL
Item
LED Color Function Red Plug-in card failure Plug-in card is unable to communicate with the CPU Plug-in card is active and can carry traffic Counterpart EBC-3 plug-in card and datalink are present Plug-in card is receiving a framed signal on the TDM and ATM fiber pairs Sub-data link communications established in both directions
ACTV
ACTV SYNC
Green Green
SYNC
ELU-3, continued
ELU-3 specifications
The ELU-3 plug-in card specifications follow: Interface Specification Transmission rate Transmitter Receiver Coding Fiber type Connector type Environmental Operating temperature Humidity (relative) Maximum power consumption Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight
155.52 Mbps + 49.152 Mbps LED PIN Photodiode NRZI Multimode plastic (two fiber pairs) HP Versa-link -40C to +65C -40F to +149F 5% to 95% non-condensing 15.0 W 13.018 cm (5.125 inches) 1.429 cm (0.563 inch)\ 26.67 cm (10.5 inches) 0.23 kg (0.5 pound)
FO-XCVR
FO-XCVR description
The Fiber-Optic Transceiver (FO-XCVR) plug-in card interfaces to a single-mode fiber span. It transmits and receives the voice or data originating from the channel units in the subscriber slots of the LET and RST. The FO-XCVR operates at 49.152 Mbps. The plug-in contains the transmitter and receiver on a single card, each connecting to a fiber-optic cable. The FO-XCVR uses a PIN receiver and a single-mode laser operating at 1310 nm. A link loss budget of 25 dB is possible. Single-mode SC or FC/PC connectors are available. Compact surface-mount technology improves operating reliability.
FO-XCVR features
The FO-XCVR plug-in card has the following features: Span of up to 56 km 1310 nm single-mode laser PIN receiver (-34 dBm sensitivity) Temperature/age compensated Microprocessor-controlled and -monitored Link performance monitoring
FO-XCVR, continued
FO-XCVR faceplate
The FO-XCVR faceplate has the following LEDs: FO-XCVR Item FAIL ACTV SYNC LED Color Red Green Green or Blue Red Function Plug-in card failure Plug-in card is active Datalink is present with counterpart FO-XCVR plug-in card FO-XCVR is not receiving signal from the far end. Traffic is automatically switched to redundant fiber transceiver, if present.
LOS
FO-XCVR, continued
FO-XCVR specifications
The FO-XCVR plug-in card has the following specifications: Signaling Line coding Line rate Transmit Levels Laser Receiver Sensitivity Minimum saturation level Maximum sensitivity Maximum link loss budget Environmental Operating temperature Humidity (relative) Maximum power consumption Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight Compliance
NRZI, scrambled 49.152 Mbps 1310 nm (single mode) -7 dBm 1.5 dB 1310 nm -5.5 dBm 1310 nm -34 dBm 25.5 dB -40C to +65C -40F to +149F 5% to 95% non-condensing 5.7 W (FO-XCVR) 4.66 W (FO-XCVR sc) 13.018 cm (5.125 inches) 1.429 cm (0.563 inch) 26.67 cm (10.5 inches) 0.23 kg (0.5 pound) TR-TSY-000326 TA-NWT-000909
FOB-XCVR
FOB-XCVR description
The Bi-Directional Fiber-Optic Transceiver (FOB-XCVR) plug-in card interfaces to a single fiber span at a 49.152 Mbps line rate. The card contains a transmitter, a pin receiver, and a single-mode laser operating at 1310 nm. AFC suggests a link loss budget of 17 dB for design constraints. Single-mode FC/PC connectors are standard (SC connectors are also available). A single FOB-XCVR provides full, non-blocking, non-concentrated service for 672 subscribers and requires one fiber-optic cable span. An optional second FOB-XCVR provides span redundancy over one additional fiber-optic span.
FOB-XCVR features
The FOB-XCVR plug-in card has the following features: Span of up to 40 km Transmits and receives over a single fiber-optic cable 1310 nm single-mode laser PIN receiver (-25 dBm sensitivity) Temperature/age compensated Microprocessor-controlled and -monitored Link performance monitoring
FOB-XCVR, continued
FOB-XCVR faceplate
The FOB-XCVR faceplate has the following LEDs: FOB-XCVR Item FAIL ACTV SYNC LED Color Red Green Blue or green Red Function Plug-in card failure Plug-in card is active Datalink is present with counterpart FOB-XCVR plug-in card FOB-XCVR is not receiving signal from far end. Traffic is automatically switched to redundant fiber transceiver, if present.
LOS
FOB-XCVR, continued
FOB-XCVR specifications
The FOB-XCVR plug-in card specifications follow: Signaling Line coding Line rate Transmit Levels Laser Receiver Sensitivity Minimum saturation level Maximum sensitivity Maximum link loss budget Environmental Operating temperature Humidity (relative) Maximum power consumption Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight Compliance
NRZI, scrambled 49.152 Mbps 1310 nm (single mode) -7 dBm 1.0 dB 1310 nm -3 dBm 1310 nm -25 dBm 17 dB -40C to +65C -40F to +149F 5% to 95% non-condensing 5.7 W (FOB-XCVR) 5.7 W (FOB-XCVR sc) 13.018 cm (5.125 inches) 1.429 cm (0.563 inch) 26.67 cm (10.5 inches) 0.23 kg (0.5 pound) TR-TSY-000326 TR-TSY-000440
FOW-XCVR
FOW-XCVR description
The Wave Division Multiplexing (WDM) Fiber-Optic Transceiver (FOW-XCVR) plug-in card interfaces to a single-mode fiber span. It transmits and receives the voice or data originating from the plug-in cards in the subscriber slots of the LET and RST, as well as E1 metallic transceiver data. The FOW-XCVR card operates at a 49.152 Mbps rate and contains the transmitter and receiver on a single card, each connecting to a fiber-optic cable. The FOW-XCVR card works with the FO-XCVR card in conjunction with WDM fiber couplers. When used with a WDM coupler, a single fiber provides the transmit and receive paths, which is ideal for fiber conservation. The FOW-XCVR plug-in card uses a PIN receiver and a single-mode laser operating at 1550nm. Single-mode SC or FC/PC connectors are available. Surface mount technology improves operating reliability.
FOW-XCVR features
The FOW-XCVR plug-in card has the following features: Span of up to 45 miles (72.5 km) Receive and transmit over a single fiber using a WDM coupler 1550 nm single-mode laser PIN receiver (-34 dBm sensitivity) Temperature/age compensated Microprocessor-controlled and -monitored
FOW-XCVR, continued
FOW-XCVR faceplate
The FOW-XCVR faceplate has the following LEDs: FOW-XCVR Item FAIL ACTV SYNC LED Color Function Red Plug-in card failure Green Plug-in card is active and can carry traffic Blue or Datalink is present with green counterpart FOW-XCVR plug-in card
FOW-XCVR, continued
FOW-XCVR specifications
The FOW-XCVR plug-in card specifications follow: Signaling Line coding Line rate Transmit Levels Laser Receiver Sensitivity Minimum saturation level Maximum sensitivity Maximum link loss budget Environmental Operating temperature Humidity (relative) Maximum power consumption Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight Compliance
NRZI, scrambled 49.152 Mbps 1550 nm (single mode) -7 dBm 1.5 dB 1310/1550 nm -5.5 dBm 1310/1550 nm -34 dBm 25.5 dB -40C to +65C -40F to +149F 5% to 95% non-condensing 7.0 W 13.018 cm (5.125 inches) 1.429 cm (0.563 inch) 26.67 cm (10.5 inches) 0.23 kg (0.5 pound) TR-TSY-000326
IATO
IATO description
The International Advanced Transmission Only (IATO) plug-in card provides 2-wire or 4-wire circuits for analog voice transmission. In the 2-wire mode the IATO provides up to six circuits for analog voice transmission, and up to three circuits in the 4-wire mode. The 2-wire and the 4-wire configuration modes are software provisionable. The IATO is designed for indoor or outdoor applications requiring analog, non-switched, voice or data transmission. You can also use the IATO plug-in card as an interface to analog copper facilities. Install the IATO in either the LET or the RST. The IATO provides sealing current and adjustable gain.
IATO features
The IATO plug-in card has the following features: Up to three, 4-wire circuits or six, 2-wire circuits per card Gain adjustment Sealing current Flexible input impedance provisionable at 150, 300, 600, or 1200
IATO, continued
IATO faceplate
The IATO faceplate has the following LEDs: IATO Item FAIL ACTV LED Color Function Red Plug-in card failure Green Plug-in card is active
IATO, continued
IATO specifications
The IATO plug-in card has the following specifications: Signalling Maximum loop length excluding station Loop feeding Loop terminating Audio Companding VF input impedance (selectable) Nominal net loss (referenced 2-wire 600/900) Maximum VF overload level Frequency response (single ended) Longitudinal balance 2-wire return loss (600 on 2-wire, no RST) 4-wire return loss (600 on 4-wire, no RST) Environmental Operating Temperature Humidity (relative) Maximum power consumption Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight
2500 ( 4-wire) 2000 ( 2-wire) 23 mA 200 A-law 150 , 300 , 600 , 1150 0 dB 0.4 dB 12 dBm 300 Hz-3.4 kHz + 0.4, -0.5 dBm 400 Hz-3.4 khz>70 dB > 20 dB > 28 dB
-40C to +65C -40F to +149F 5% to 95% non-condensing 2.0 W 13.018 cm (5.125 inches) 1.429 cm (0.563 inch) 26.67 cm (10.5 inches) 0.23 kg (0.5 pound)
IDLP
IDLP description
The International Datalink Processor (IDLP) plug-in card controls bearer channel allocation, signaling for V5 calls, V5 interface, V5 ports, E1 links, and c-channel termination. For V5 ISDN, the IDLP plug-in card controls statistical multiplexing of ISDN D-channels across V5 interface c-channels. The IDLP plug-in card supports up to 22 V5.1 interface groups and as many as five V5.2 interface groups with up to 16 E1s per V5.2 interface group. In a V5 interface, both PSTN and ISDN signaling are transmitted over one or more communication channels. Install the IDLP plug-in card in the primary shelf of the LET. Only one IDLP card is required for a V5 configuration; AFC recommends a second IDLP card for redundancy.
IDLP features
The IDLP plug-in card has the following features: Supports V5 protocol Supports up to 22 V5.1 interface groups of non-concentrated service Supports up to 5 V5.2 interface groups of concentrated service Supports 116 E1s for each V5.2 interface group V5.1 supports POTS, APOTS (Pulse Metering), and BRA ISDN V5.2 supports POTS, APOTS (Pulse Metering), BRA ISDN, and PRA ISDN Dual memory support for non-service affecting upgrade
IDLP, continued
IDLP faceplate
The IDLP faceplate has the following LEDs: IDLP Item FAIL ACTV/STBY LED Color Function Solid red Plug-in card failure Green Plug-in card is active Amber Plug-in card is in standby mode Amber V5 alarm in system
ALARM
IDLP, continued
IDLP specifications
The IDLP plug-in card has the following specifications: Digital Data Ports Ethernet Environmental Operating temperature Humidity (relative) Average power consumption Maximum power consumption Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight
10 Base T -40C to +65C -40F to +149F 5% to 95% non-condensing 3.0W 5.0 W 13.018 cm (5.125 inches) 1.429 cm (0.563 inch) 26.67 cm (10.5 inches) 0.23 kg (0.5 pound)
IPMI
IPMI description
The Internet Protocol Management Interface (IPMI) plug-in card enables the AccessManager, AFCs Element Management System (EMS) for the AccessMAX system, and provides secure, remote access to the AccessMAX Craft Interface via Telnet. AccessManager is a Graphical User Interface (GUI) that enables centralized management of multiple AccessMAX systems. The IPMI plug-in card provides the physical 10Base-T interface used to connect to a LAN/WAN via a hardwired connection on the backplane. The card hosts a number of applications, such as Telnet and a Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) agent. Provision the IPMIs IP and TCP port address via the Craft Interface. Access Manager supports Fault, Configuration, Performance, and Security (FCAPS) management for the AccessMAX system via a Telnet connection to the Craft Interface. Telnet allows a connection over IP between the users computer system and the AccessMAX. It is essentially a pipe that enables use of all Craft Interface commands and functions from anywhere on an IP network. SNMP is an application layer protocol utilizing the standard Management Information Base (MIB II) as well as an AccessMAX enterprise MIB. The SNMP in conjunction with the MIBs enables AccessMAX communications with AccessManager and support for the FCAPS.
IPMI features
The IPMI plug-in card has the following features: Ability to host an SNMP agent Provides Telnet connection to AccessMAX Craft Interface Enables AccessManager, AFCs Element Management System (NMS) Conforms to MIB II standards Dual memory support for non-service affecting programming
IPMI, continued
IPMI faceplate
The IPMI faceplate has the following LEDs: IPMI FAIL Item LED Color Function Red Plug-in card failure or problem communicating with CPU Green Card is communicating properly with CPU Blue or Telnet session is active green Green Plug-in card is correctly connected to the network (Ethernet)
ACTV SYNC ENET
IPMI, continued
IPMI specifications
The IPMI plug-in card has the following specifications: Interface Ethernet Environmental Operating temperature Humidity (relative) Maximum power consumption Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight Compliance 10BASE-T
10BASE-T 0C to +65C 32F to +149F 5% to 95% non-condensing 2.5 W 13.018 cm (5.125 inches) 1.429 cm (0.563 inch) 26.67 cm (10.5 inches) 0.23 kg (0.5 pound) IEEE 802.3
ITO
ITO description The International Transmission Only (ITO) plug-in card provides
non-switched, analog, and data services. The ITO has 4-wire circuits and supports up to three DS0 circuits. Install the ITO plug-in card in either the LET or the RSTs. Note: The ITO card is designed only for indoor applications.
ITO features
The ITO plug-in card has the following features: Three, 4-wire circuits per card Gain adjustment to customer specification Flexible input impedance provisionable at 150, 300, 600, or 1200
ITO, continued
ITO faceplate
The ITO faceplate has the following LEDs: ITO FAIL ACTV Item LED Color Red Flashing red Green Function Plug-in card failure Illegal signaling Plug-in card is in use or is being tested
ITO, continued
ITO specifications
The ITO plug-in card has the following specifications: Signalling Maximum loop length excluding station Loop feeding Loop terminating Audio Companding VF input impedance (selectable) Nominal net loss (referenced 2-wire 600/900) Maximum VF overload level Frequency response (single ended) Longitudinal balance 4-wire return loss (600 on 4-wire, no RST) Environmental Operating Temperature Humidity (relative) Maximum power consumption Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight
300 23 mA 200 A law 600 0 dB 0.4 dB 5 dBm 300 Hz-3.4 kHz + 0.4, -0.5 dBm 400 Hz-3.4kHz > 28 dB
LI-APOTS
LI-APOTS description
The Local Exchange International Advanced POTS (LI-APOTS) plug-in card provides six trunk terminating, loop-start POTS (Plain Old Telephone Service) circuits similar to the LI-POTS card. In addition, the LI-APOTS also provides battery reversal, pulse metering, loop start-only signaling with ring cadence, on-hook transmission between ring bursts, forward disconnect, high on-hook DC resistance, and universal ring detector. The LI-APOTS plug-in card has these features: Six, 2-wire POTS circuits per card Forward disconnect 600 local exchange impedance Battery reversal Pulse metering (provisionable system-wide)
LI-APOTS features
LI-APOTS, continued
LI-APOTS faceplate
The LI-APOTS plug-in card has the following faceplate elements: LI-APOTS FAIL Item LED Color Function Red Plug-in card failure Flashing Illegal Signalling Red Green Indicates that the corresponding RI-APOTS circuit is busy
BUSY
LI-APOTS, continued
LI-APOTS specifications
The LI-APOTS plug-in card has the following specifications: Signaling End to end signalling delay (normal and reverse battery) Pulse distortion (normal, reverse, pw > 25 msec) Ring detection Meter pulse detection frequencies Meter pulse amplitude AC ringing load (20 Hz) Ring detector sensitivity Nominal DC input resistance Normal open interval detector threshold Maximum CO wiring resistance Battery reversal delay Audio Companding Nominal VF input impedance Nominal net loss (referenced 2-wire 900) Maximum VF overload level Frequency response (single ended) 2-wire return loss (600 on 2-wire, no RST) Environmental Operating temperature Humidity (relative) Average power consumption Dimensions Height
< 40 msec < 5 msec 150 msec 12 kHz, 16 kHz 1% 50 mV-4.5 V 4 k 10% 20 vrms 20 -55 Hz 430 10mA 3 mA 500 < 40 msec A-Law 600 0 dB 0.4 dB + 5 dBm 300 Hz -3.4 kHz -0.4, -0.5 dbm > 20 dB
-40C to +65C -40F to +149F 5% to 95% non-condensing 1.0 W 13.018 cm (5.125 inches)
Part 1 of 2
Continued
Width Depth Weight Compliance
1.429 cm (0.563 inch) 26.67 cm (10.5 inches) 0.23 kg (0.5 pound) CCITT G.713 CCITT G.714
Part 2 of 2
LI-BPOTS
LI-BPOTS description
The Local Exchange International POTS (LI-BPOTS) plug-in provides six trunk terminating, loop-start POTS (Plain Old Telephone Service) circuits. The LI-BPOTS also provides loop start-only signaling with ring cadence, on-hook transmission between ring bursts, high on-hook DC resistance, and universal ring detector. The LI-BPOTS plug-in card has these features: Six 2-wire POTS circuits per card 600 local exchange impedance
LI-BPOTS features
LI-BPOTS, continued
LI-BPOTS faceplate
The LI-BPOTS plug-in card has the following faceplate elements: LI-BPOTS FAIL Item LED Color Function Red Plug-in card failure Flashing Illegal signalling Red Green Indicates that at least one RI-BPOTS circuit is busy or in test
BUSY
LI-BPOTS, continued
LI-BPOTS specifications
The LI-BPOTS plug-in card has the following specifications: Signalling End-to-end signalling delay (normal and reverse battery) Pulse distortion (normal, reverse, pw > 25 msec) Ring detection AC ringing load (20 Hz) Ring detector sensitivity Nominal DC input resistance Normal open interval detector threshold Maximum CO wiring resistance Audio Companding Nominal VF input impedance Nominal net loss (referenced 2-wire 600 ) Maximum VF overload level Frequency response (single ended) 2-wire return loss (600 on 2-wire, no RST) Environmental Operating temperature Humidity (relative) Average power consumption Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight
< 40 msec < 5 msec 150 msec 4 k 10% 20 vrms 20 -55 Hz 430 10mA 3 mA 500 A-Law (over E1) or -Law (over T1) 600 0 dB 0.4 dB + 5 dBm 300 Hz to 3.4 kHz -0.4, -0.5 dBm > 20 dB
Part 1 of 2
Continued
Compliance
CCITT G.713 CCITT G.714

Part 2 of 2
LI-ISDN
LI-ISDN description
The LET International Integrated Services Digital Network (LI-ISDN) plug-in card has six ISDN circuits. The LI-ISDN transports the 2B+D data from the local exchange as three, 64-kbps timeslots through the AccessMAX system. At the remote terminal the RI-ISDN recreates the physical 2B+D format for relay to the customer. The LI-ISDN plug-in card utilizes mixed analog and digital signal processing circuit technology as described in ITU-T G.961. Each LI-ISDN delivers six ISDN lines. It uses 2B1Q (2 binary 1 quaternary) line coding for full-duplex transmission at 160 kbps. The transmission format provides two, 64-kbps channels (B-channels), one 16-kbps channel (D-channel), and one, 4-kbps control channel. The LI-ISDN plug-in card provides a DC termination to sealing current and loop test verification. The LI-ISDN supports 3-channel TDM, D-channel multiplexing formats of other manufacturers, and has built-in BER measurement.
LI-ISDN features
The LI-ISDN plug-in card has the following features: 6 ISDN circuits per card 3-channel TDM BER measurement (2 thresholds) through the AccessMAX Craft Interface Loopbacks controlled from the AccessMAX Craft Interface Support for U-only activation Local/remote U-interface activation tracking U-interface loss of signal alarm
LI-ISDN, continued
LI-ISDN faceplate
The LI-ISDN has the following LEDs: LI-ISDN FAIL ACTV LOOP Item LED Color Red Flashing red Green Amber Function Plug-in card failure Illegal signaling Plug-in card is busy Plug-in card is in loopback
LI-ISDN, continued
LI-ISDN specifications
The LI-ISDN plug-in card specifications follow: Signaling Line coding Data rate (throughput) Loopback modes Analog Parameters Equalization Receive Transmit Input impedance Sealing current termination Environmental Operating temperature Humidity (relative) Maximum power consumption Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight Compliance
2B1Q 160 kbps Equipment, Facility
< 1.15 dB attenuation @ 40 kHz (0-600 m with 0.4 mm wire 12.5 dB (2.5 Vpk) 135 5% 400 -40C to +65C -40F to +149F 5% to 95% non-condensing 10.0 W 13.018 cm (5.125 inches) 1.429 cm (0.563 inch) 26.67 cm (10.5 inches) 0.23 kg (0.5 pound) ITU-T G.961
LI-POTS
LI-POTS description
The LET International POTS (LI-POTS) plug-in card provides six loop start Plain Old Telephone Service (POTS) circuits. The LI-POTS delivers Loop Start-Only signaling with ring cadence following, on-hook transmission between ring bursts, and forward disconnect. The L-POTS plug-in card also provides a high on-hook DC resistance and a universal ringing detector. The LI-POTS plug-in card ordinarily installs in the Local Exchange Terminal (LET); its counterpart, the RI-POTS usually installs in the Remote Subscriber Terminal (RST).
LI-POTS features
The LI-POTS plug-in card has the following features: Six 2-wire circuits per unit On-hook transmission (CLASS) capability Forward disconnect 900 local exchange impedance
LI-POTS, continued
LI-POTS faceplate
The LI-POTS faceplate has the following LEDs: LI-POTS FAIL BUSY Item LED Color Function Red Plug-in card failure Flashing red Illegal signaling Green One or more LI-POTS circuits are busy or in test
LI-POTS, continued
LI-POTS specifications
The LI-POTS plug-in card specifications follow: Signaling End-to-end signaling delay (normal and reverse battery) Pulse distortion (pw > 50 ms) Ring detection AC ringing load (20 Hz) Ring detector sensitivity Nominal DC input resistance Normal open interval detector threshold Maximum CO wiring resistance Audio Companding Nominal VF input impedance Nominal net loss (referenced 2-wire 900 ) Maximum VF overload level Frequency response (single ended) 2-wire return loss (600 on 2-wire) Environmental Operating temperature Humidity (relative) Average power consumption Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight Compliance
< 40 ms < 5 ms < 150 ms 7 k 10% 20 Vrms (20 to 55 Hz) 430 10 mA 3 mA 500 A-Law (over E1) or -Law (over T1) 600 0 dBm 0.4 dB off-hook 0.5 dB 1 dB on-hook +5 dBm 300Hz -3.4 kHz +0.4, 0.5 dBm > 20 dB 0C to 50C, 32F to 122F 5% to 95% non-condensing 1.0 W 13.018 cm (5.125 inches) 1.429 cm (0.563 inch) 26.67 cm (10.5 inches) 0.23 kg (0.5 pound) CCITT G.713, CCITT G.714
LI-VPOTS
LI-VPOTS description
The Local Exchange International POTS (LI-VPOTS) plug-in card provides six, trunk terminating loop start POTS circuits. The LI-VPOTS card also provides loop start-only signaling with ring cadence, reverse battery detection, on-hook transmission between ring bursts, forward disconnect, high on-hook DC resistance, and a universal ring detector. Install the LI-VPOTS card at the LET; install the RI-VPOTS card at the RST.
LI-VPOTS features
The LI-VPOTS plug-in card has the following features: Six, 2-wire circuits per card On-hook transmission (CLASS) capability Forward disconnect 600 local exchange impedance Reverse battery detection
LI-VPOTS, continued
LI-VPOTS faceplate
The LI-VPOTS plug-in card has the following faceplate elements: LI-VPOTS FAIL Item LED Color Function Red Plug-in card failure Flashing Illegal Signalling Red Green Indicates that at least one RI-VPOTS circuit is busy or is being tested
BUSY
LI-VPOTS, continued
LI-VPOTS specifications
The LI-VPOTS plug-in card has the following specifications: Signaling End-to-end signaling delay (normal and reverse battery) Pulse distortion (pw > 25 msec) Ring detection AC ringing load (20 Hz) Ring detector sensitivity Nominal DC input resistance Normal open interval detector threshold Maximum CO wiring resistance Audio Companding Nominal VF input impedance Nominal net loss (referenced 2-wire 600) Maximum VF overload level 2-wire return loss (600 on 2-wire) Environmental Operating temperature Humidity (relative) Average power consumption Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight Compliance
< 40 msec < 5 msec < 150 msec 4 k 10% 30 Vrms (20 to 55 Hz) 430 10 mA 3 mA 200 A-Law 600 0 dB 0.4 dB off-hook 0.5 dB 1 dB on-hook +5 dBm > 18 dB 0C to 50C 32F to 122F 5% to 95% non-condensing 1.0 W 13.018 cm (5.125 inches) 1.429 cm (0.563 inch) 26.67 cm (10.5 inches) 0.23 kg (0.5 pound) CCITT G.713, CCITT G.714
L-PSU
L-PSU description
The LET Power Supply Unit (L-PSU) converts the exchange battery input into the voltages required by the AccessMAX LET common control equipment and line cards. It uses a DC-to-DC switching converter for high efficiency and low thermal dissipation. Each LET shelf requires only one L-PSU; however, there is a card slot for a redundant L-PSU. The L-PSU does not provide ring current. The L-PSU features two GMT fuses: the first is for input current fault protection, and the second is for -48 Vdc battery output protection. Note: The fuses on the L-PSU are not field-replaceable. Only AFC service technicians should replace these fuses.
L-PSU features
The L-PSU plug-in card has the following features: High-efficiency switching DC-DC converter Reverse polarity protection Over-voltage/over-current shutdown Low thermal dissipation
L-PSU, continued
L-PSU faceplate
The L-PSU faceplate has the following LEDs and jacks: L-PSU Item FAIL ACTV FUSE +5V jack -48V jack GND jack LED Color Red Green Red N/A N/A N/A Function Plug-in card failure Plug-in card is active Failed fuse on plug-in card Sample system voltage Sample system voltage Sample system voltage
L-PSU, continued
L-PSU specifications
The L-PSU plug-in card specifications follow: DC-DC Converter Input Output
Low voltage disconnect Output Regulation 5.15 Vdc
-40 Vdc to -56.5 Vdc +5.15 Vdc 1.5% -5.15 Vdc 10.0% -32.0 Vdc 10% -39 Vdc to -56.5 Vdc -38 Vdc < 1.5% load < 1.5% line < 0.20% per specified temp range 1.0% peak-to-peak, -32 Vdc @ 100 mV peak-to-peak 15 A 2A 3A 2A 150 W 500 V input to output Referenced to positive battery input -40C to +65C, -40F to +149F 5% to 95% non-condensing 13.018 cm (5.125 inches) 2.54 cm (1.0 inch) 26.67 cm (10.5 inches) 0.45 kg (1.0 pound) GR-1089-CORE
Ripple and Noise (DC - 20 MHz) 5 Vdc Output Current +5 Vdc -5 Vdc -32 Vdc -48 Vdc Total power Isolation Internal converter Output ground Environmental Operating temperature Humidity (relative) Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight Compliance (Conducted Noise)
L-UVG
L-UVG description
The LET Universal Voice Grade (L-UVG) plug-in card is the LET counterpart to the RST Universal Voice Grade (R-UVG) plug-in card. In the default ground start/loop start service mode, the L-UVG direct-maps to the corresponding R-UVG and establishes six dedicated circuits, thereby reducing the total number of spans for concentration. Other provisionable service modes provide for timeslot concentration within the AccessMAX transport. The L-UVG provides six circuits that support ground start, loop start, and reverse battery signaling for applications such as PBX off-premises lines. The L-UVG can also support on-hook transmission. The L-UVG plug-in card provides ring cadence following, including ring-ping, on-hook transmission between ring bursts, and forward disconnect. The L-UVG also supports precision gain adjustment in 0.1 dB steps. Install the L-UVG card in the RST for Direct Inward Dialing (DID) applications.
L-UVG features The L-UVG plug-in card has the following features:
Six, 2-wire circuits per unit Software selectable transmission gain (0.1 dB steps) Ground start/loop start capability Reverse battery (quiet) Wide ring voltage/frequency detection window Software provisionable 600/900 impedance On-hook transmission Compatible with the Teradyne 4TEL test system Support for CMWI (Call Message Waiting Indicator)
L-UVG, continued
L-UVG faceplate
The L-UVG has the following LEDs: L-UVG FAIL BUSY Item LED Color Function Red Plug-in card failure Flashing red Illegal signaling Green One or more L-UVG plug-in card circuits are busy or being tested
L-UVG, continued
L-UVG specifications
The L-UVG plug-in card specifications follow: Signaling End-to-end signaling delay (normal and reverse battery) Pulse distortion (normal, reverse, pw > 50 ms) Ring detection AC ringing load (20 Hz) Ring detector sensitivity Nominal DC input resistance Nominal DC input resistance in DID mode Ring ground resistance Maximum CO wiring resistance Audio Companding VF input impedance (provisionable) Nominal net loss (referenced 2-wire 600 ) Maximum VF overload level Longitudinal balance 2-wire return loss
< 50 ms < 15 ms < 100 ms 4 k 10% 40 Vrms 17 to 55 Hz 800 250 600 200 A-Law (over E1) or -Law (over T1) 600/900 0 0.4dB
+5.0 dBm > 58 dB (400 Hz to 3.4 kHz) ERL > 18 dB SRL > 10 dB Transmit gain adjustment (to DLC) -3.0 dB to +9.0 dB Receive gain adjustment (from DLC) -9.0 dB to +3.0 dB MLT/Teradyne DC signatures On-Hook Tip to Ground, Ring to Ground 430 k Tip to Ring 50 k Off-Hook Tip to Ground, Ring to Ground 430 k Tip to Ring 900
Part 1 of 2
Continued
Off-Hook, Ring Grounded Tip to Ground, Ring to Ground 430 k Tip to Ring 900 Reltec DC Signatures On-Hook Tip to Ground, Ring to Ground 430 k 50 k Tip to Ring Off-Hook Tip to Ground, Ring to Ground 430 k 835 Tip to Ring Off-Hook, Ring Grounded Tip to Ground, Ring to Ground 430 k 835 Tip to Ring DLC Test Resources in Use Signatures Tip to Ground, Ring to Ground 167 k Tip to Ring 43 k Environmental Operating temperature -40C to +65C -40F to +149F Humidity (relative) 5% to 95% non-condensing Maximum power consumption 1.0 W Dimensions Height 13.018 cm (5.125 inches) Width 1.429 cm (0.563 inch) Depth 26.67 cm (10.5 inches) Weight 0.23 kg (0.5 pound) Compliance TR-TSY-000057 TR-TSY-000303 GR-1089-CORE
Part 2 of 2
MTU
MTU description
The Metallic Test Unit (MTU) plug-in card provides enhanced testing and diagnostic capabilities for the AccessMAX system. The MTU enables metallic maintenance access to the facility side of a customers line for Craft Interface access. The MTU card also provides an interface for external test equipment to perform drop tests and for Telemetry Byte Oriental Serial (TBOS) interface test polling equipment. Send commands to the MTU card via the Craft Interface to test specific circuits. The internal test capabilities of the MTU plug-in card include the ability to test for hazardous voltages, open circuit, short circuit, and three terminal complex impedance (resistance and capacitance) measurements. The MTU cards ability to test a customers drop provides an economic alternative to expensive remote test and diagnostic equipment. Use the MTU plug-in card as an interface to the following external remote testing equipment: Micro Computer Systems (MCS) 107 A/F Teradyne 4TEL 22X Reltec T9-X (MITS) The MTU plug-in card also supports V5.1 channel testing. The E1 plug-in card detects the V5.1 signalling and uses it to configure the MTU card for V5.1. The switch initiates V5.1 testing into the AccessMAX over a V5.1 span. See the AccessMAX User Interface manual for procedures to configure the MTU card for various channel and loop tests.
\
MTU, continued
MTU features
The MTU plug-in card has the following test capabilities: Test AC and DC Hazardous Voltages Description Tests the line to determine whether there is a line cross to a power utility line or other source of high voltage. If a voltage greater than 60V is detected, the test reports a failure. Tests the line to determine whether there is a line cross to another POTS line. Checks for an induced voltage in the line. If the AC or DC voltage on either line is greater than 10 V, the test reports a failure. Tests for ground faults. The lines must be isolated from ground. If the test measures a resistance of less than 50 k from either leg to ground, the test reports a failure. Tests for resistive faults between subscriber lines. If all telephone instruments are on-hook, the test measures a high DC resistance between the lines. If the resistance is low, either there is a telephone receiver off-hook or there is a resistive fault between the lines. If the resistance between lines is less than 20 k, the Receiver Off-Hook test runs to check for a receiver off-hook. If no off-hook is detected, the test reports a failure. Monitors the resistance between lines. The test passes a test current through the line and monitors the current transfer characteristics. If the monitored characteristics are non-linear, the telephone is off-hook. A linear characteristic pattern indicates a resistive fault between the lines. Tests the AC impedance at the ringing frequency by applying a 40 V peak-to-peak AC voltage to the line. Ringer equivalents are determined in accordance with Telcordia (Bellcore) TA-NWT-000909. The capacitance value is reported. If the AC impedance is more than 70 k, or if the REN value is under 0.10, the test reports a REN failure.
AC and DC Foreign Voltage
Common Mode Resistive Faults to Ground DC Resistance between Lines
Receiver Off-Hook
REN and Ringer Capacitance
MTU, continued
MTU faceplate
The MTU faceplate has the following LEDs and jacks: MTU FAIL ACTV TEST CAL E 2W jack F 2W jack E 4W jack F 4W jack Item LED Color Function Red Plug-in card or communication failure Green Plug-in card is active Blue or Test is in progress green Amber Plug-in card is performing self-calibration N/A Test 2-wire or 4-wire circuit N/A Test 2-wire or 4-wire circuit N/A Test 4-wire circuit N/A Test 4-wire circuit
MTU, continued
MTU specifications
The MTU plug-in card specifications follow: Subscriber drop tests Hazardous voltage Foreign voltage Short circuits Open circuits Leakage A-GND Leakage B-GND Leakage A-R Capacitance REN equivalence
-1000 V to +1000 V ac or dc 1V to 40 V dc or 25 Vrms 10% > 100 10% < 1 M 10% < 1 M 10% < 1 M 10% < 1 M 10% 0.1 F < C < 20 F 10% 0.1 < REN < 5 10% (at ringer frequency and approximately 15 Vrms) Note: REN is measured at a lower voltage than specified by the FCC to prevent the ringer from sounding during the test. REN values that are reported by the MTU may be different from the REN values read at 45 Vrms. One (1) REN is returned for an AC impedance of 7000 . Environmental Operating temperature -40C to +65C -40F to +149F Humidity (relative) 5% to 95% non-condensing Maximum power consumption 2.6 W Dimensions Height 13.018 cm (5.125 inches) Width 1.429 cm (0.563 inch) Depth Weight 26.67 cm (10.5 inches) 0.23 kg (0.5 pound)
NPSU
NPSU description
The Network Power Supply Unit (NPSU) plug-in card enables 130 Vdc local AC power in the RSC/48. A custom rectifier in the AC power center rectifies the AC input to 130 Vdc, and the NPSU converts 130 Vdc to the working voltages required to power the equipment and batteries in the RSC/48. Therefore, a traditional rectifier/battery charger is unnecessary. The NPSU generates sine wave ringing voltage for use by the subscriber interfaces. The ringing generator provides unbalanced ringing. The ringing frequency is software provisionable via the Craft Interface. The NPSU uses DC-to-DC switching converters for high efficiency and low thermal dissipation. The RSC/48 requires only one NPSU; however, an additional power supply slot allows for a redundant NPSU. The NPSU draws power from the batteries if the system requires it, and then recharges the batteries during times of non-peak traffic.
NPSU features
The NPSU plug-in card has the following features: Enables AC power in the RSC/48 High-efficiency switching DC-DC converters Reverse polarity protection Software-provisionable ringing frequency Over-voltage/over-current shutdown Low-voltage alarm and low-voltage disconnect Low thermal dissipation Shaves power from batteries during peak load if necessary
NPSU, continued
NPSU faceplate The NPSU faceplate has the following LEDs and jacks:
NPSU
Item FAIL ACTV LINE +5V jack -48V jack GND jack
LED Color Red Green Green N/A N/A N/A
Function Plug-in card failure Plug-in card is active Adequate power from AC source Sample system voltage Sample system voltage Sample system voltage
NPSU, continued
NPSU specifications
The NPSU plug-in card specifications follow: DC-DC Converter Input Output Long line talk battery Short line talk battery Battery Fan Low voltage alarm (battery) Low voltage disconnect Regulation 5.15 Vdc
-130 Vdc nominal, -65 to -140 Vdc +5.15 Vdc 1.5% -5.00 Vdc 10.0% -49.0 Vdc to -57 Vdc -32.0 Vdc line battery 10% Vdc: 50.5, 52.5, 54.5, 56.5 (under CPU control Battery less 1 diode; only present when express input is present -44 Vdc -38 Vdc < 1.5% load < 1.5% line < 0.2% per specified temp range 1.0% peak-to-peak 100 W 6A 1A 2A 0.5 A 500 V input to output -48 Vdc 60, 65, 85, 95 Vac 5%
Part 1 of 2
Ripple and Noise (DC - 20 MHz) 5 Vdc Output Current Total power including fan +5 Vdc -5 Vdc -52 Vdc -32 Vdc Isolation Internal converter Ringing Generator Pedestal voltage Output voltage range Voltage tolerance
Continued
Output frequency in Hz (provisionable)
Frequency tolerance Power (continuous) Environmental Operating temperature Humidity (relative) Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight Compliance Conducted noise Emissions Lightning
16.7, 17.7, 18.7, 20.0, 21.0, 22.3, 23.5, 25.0, 26.4, 28.0, 29.8, 31.6, 33.3, 35.4, 37.6, 40.0, 42.2, 44.4, 47.4, 50.0 Hz 2.5% 15 REN -40C to +65C -40F to +149F 5% to 95% non-condensing 13.018 cm (5.125 inches) 2.54 cm (1.0 inch) 26.67 cm (10.5 inches) 0.45 kg (1.0 pound) TR-TSY-000057 GR-1089-CORE GR-1089-CORE
Part 2 of 2
P-ACI
P-ACI description
The Power AC Interface (P-ACI) plug-in card, used in the Universal Power Assembly (UPA), accepts 110 Vac or 220 Vac local input and delivers the local AC power from the AC bus to the high voltage bus between the P-ACI and the P-ACR (AC Rectifier unit). P-ACI outputs are tied together in a UPA. AFC has two versions of the P-ACI: one automatically switches to allow insertion into both 120 Vac and 120/240 Vac environments; the other version has a manual voltage selector switch. The photo below shows the P-ACI with the manual voltage selector switch. If your P-ACI does not have the voltage selector switch as shown below, it automatically switches. Voltage selector switch
ALERT: Follow safety recommendations when working on the UPA. Set the voltage selector switch (if present) properly before insertion.
P-ACI features
The P-ACI plug-in card has the following features: 130 Vac and 260 Vac environments: automatic and manual switching versions Over/under voltage LED
P-ACI, continued
P-ACI face
The P-ACI face has the following LED and grip: P-ACI Item Function
LED
AC power is present and within an acceptable range
Grip
Install/remove plug-in card
P-ACI, continued
P-ACI specifications
The P-ACI plug-in card specifications follow: Electrical Input voltage range
High-voltage output bus Input protection Lightning protection Environmental Operating temperature Humidity (relative) Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight
100 to 130 Vrms 200 to 260 Vrms 45 to 65 Hz 280 to 370 Vdc 15 A MOV type to ANSI C.62 -40C to +65C -40F to +149F 5% to 95% non-condensing 11.2 cm (4.42 inches) 5.5 cm (2.16 inches) 29.6 cm (11.65 inches) 0.5 kg (1.125 pound)
P-ACR
P-ACR description
The Power AC Rectifier (P-ACR) plug-in card, used in the Universal Power Assembly (UPA), converts the AC-derived intermediate high-voltage DC input from the P-ACI to 48 Vdc battery charger voltage. The P-ACR charges the batteries and powers the equipment connected to the UPA through the Power Fuse and Distribution unit (P-FD). The P-ACR is typically used in pairs, sharing the UPA Power AC Interface unit (P-ACI) on each side. Each P-ACR plug-in card supplies up to 8 Amps. The output voltage switch on the front of the card is factory-set to 54 Vdc (54.5 at the faceplate jacks), but you can adjust it in the field using the output adjustment on the front of the card.
ALERT: Follow safety recommendations when working on the UPA.
P-ACR features The P-ACR plug-in card has the following features:
Converts DC input to DC voltage Charges batteries and powers equipment Supplies up to 8 A with a 6 A thermal foldback Power fail LED Stand-alone fault monitoring P-CPU compatible for alarm/control Parallel operation
P-ACR, continued
P-ACR face
The P-ACR face has the following LED, jacks, and grip: P-ACR Item Function
FAIL LED (red) Positive output voltage jack Negative output voltage jack Positive output current jack Negative output current jack Output adjust Grip
Absence of output power Measure output voltage within or-ing diode Measure output voltage Measure output current Measure output current Adjust output Install/remove plug-in card
P-ACR, continued
P-ACR specifications
The P-ACR plug-in card specifications follow: High Voltage Bus Input voltage range Protection Maximum current Battery Bus Nominal output voltage range Output preset User adjustment range P-CPU adjustment range Output protection Minimum output current Output protection Maximum current limit Maximum reverse output current Minimum efficiency Settling time Overshoot/undershoot Overvoltage trip point Output voltage drift Output ripple Line ripple rejection Conducted noise Test Point Voltage Current
265 to 385 Vdc Fused 5A -44 Vdc to -58 Vdc -54 Vdc -48 to -56 Vdc -44 to -58 Vdc Current limit > 8 A @ 55C Electronic current limit 10 A 15 mA 85% @ full load < 10 ms to 10% for 10%-90% load variation < 5% 62 V < 5% for -40 < T < +65C at no load < 50 mV pp for 20 MHz BW, no input line ripple > 40 dB @ 120 Hz < EN 55022 Class A requirement Protected, monitors before or-ing diode, not on bus Protected, current in A is the reading in V x100
Part 1 of 2
Continued
Environmental Operating temperature Humidity (relative) Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight Compliance Safety
-40C to +65C -40F to +149F 5% to 95% non-condensing 11.2 cm (4.42 inches) 5.1 cm (2.0 inches) 28.9 cm (11.4 inches) 1.0 kg (2.25 pounds) UL 1459
Part 2 of 2
P-CPU
P-CPU description
The Power Central Processing Unit (P-CPU), used in the Universal Power Assembly (UPA), supervises the entire UPA. The optional P-CPU monitors the alarm status of each UPA plug-in card and sets appropriate Major and Minor alarm relays, taking over the alarm function from the individual UPA cards. Use the ACO button on the front of the card to clear resettable alarms. The P-CPU monitors the currents from the converters and the current going into or coming out of the terminal batteries. The P-CPU adjusts and shares these currents equally between the converters to optimize overall reliability. The P-CPU shuts down a converter when it detects an overvoltage. In express power configurations, the P-CPU monitors line voltage and issues an alarm when it detects low voltage. The P-CPU also monitors protection devices and issues an alarm when a protection device trips. The P-CPU connects to battery compartment temperature sensors in all remote terminals powered by the UPA. The P-CPU automatically reads battery compartment temperature and adjusts the voltage needed to charge the batteries, extending the life of the batteries.
P-CPU features The P-CPU plug-in card has the following features:
Alarm status monitoring Voltage monitoring and adjustment RS422 (or RS485) TBOS interface Battery temperature voltage compensation Additional external alarm contacts ACO button
P-CPU, continued
P-CPU face
The P-CPU face has the following LEDs, button, and grip: P-CPU Item Function
FAIL LED STATUS LED
ACO button
Plug-in card failure Card is functioning properly if green, major alarm if red, minor alarm if amber. Flashing green indicates that the UPA is drawing current from the battery bus. Clears alarms when pressed
Grip
Install/remove plug-in card
P-CPU, continued
P-CPU specifications
The P-CPU plug-in card specifications follow: Electrical Power supply Output Converter balance Data Acquisition Battery current DC/DC converter current Express feed lines bus Temperature sensor Communication port TBOS Status Points Alarms AC UPA Express voltage Battery Express power Environmental Operating temperature Humidity (relative) Maximum power consumption Thermal runaway Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight
48 V (30 V to 60 V) 20% 20 A / 100 mV 10 A / 100 mV 0 to 4.1 V for -150 V to +150 V 2C RS-422 or RS-485 (TBOS) Major, Minor Failure P-ACR, P-EPS, P-EPP, P-EPR, P-EPRE failure Maintenance, red Discharge Pair faults -40C to +65C -40F to +149F 5% to 95% non-condensing 4W 10C and 15C 50F and 59F 11.2 cm (4.42 inches) 5.1 cm (2.0 inches) 28.9 cm (11.4 inches) 1.0 kg (2.25 pounds)
P-FD
P-FD description
The Power Fuse and Distribution (P-FD) plug-in card, used in the Universal Power Assembly (UPA), is powered by the -48 Vdc battery bus on the UPA backplane. The unit has four GMT fuses that are accessible from the front panel. The P-FD provides the UPA with integrated fuse protection and eliminates the need for a separate fuse assembly. The P-FD protects the UPA from over-current and battery short circuits and provides a low-input voltage load disconnect to protect against over-discharge damage. Each of the four P-FD fuses provides fusing for one equipment group. The front panel has a fuse fail LED. The P-FD also provides fault alarming and can interface with the optional P-CPU plug-in card to provide manufacturing data, alarm collection, alarm relay disable control, and lamp test.
P-FD features
The P-FD plug-in card has the following features: GMT fuse protection for UPA Fuse fail LED Stand-alone fault monitoring P-CPU compatible for alarm/control Low-input voltage load disconnect
P-FD, continued
P-FD face
The P-FD has the following LED and receptacles: P-FD Item Function
Protection fail LED
Fuse failure
Fuse receptacle
Holds fuse
Fuse receptacle
Holds fuse
Fuse receptacle
Holds fuse
Fuse receptacle
Holds fuse
P-FD, continued
P-FD specifications
The P-FD plug-in card specifications follow: Electrical Input voltage range Maximum current per output Total output current Low voltage disconnect Environmental Operating temperature -40C to +65C -40F to +149F 5% to 95% non-condensing 1.5 W 11.2 cm (4.42 inches) 5.1 cm (2.0 inches) 28.9 cm (11.4 inches) 1.0 kg (2.25 pounds)
-40 to -56.5 Vdc 10 A (four outputs available) 20 A 38 2 Vdc (disconnect) 44 2 Vdc (connect)
Humidity (relative) Maximum power consumption Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight
RI-APOTS
RI-APOTS description
The Remote Subscriber International Advanced POTS (RI-APOTS) plug-in card is the RSTs loop start counterpart to the loop terminating LI-APOTS plug-in card. It provides six circuits of standard loop Plain Old Telephone Service. The RI-APOTS card has a maximum loop length (including station) of 2500 . This capability, along with other robust characteristics, enables the RI-APOTS card to provide high-quality telephone service at very long distances from AccessMAX RSTs. The RI-APOTS card provides ring cadence following, local ring trip, on-hook transmission between ring bursts and forward disconnect. The RI-APOTS card features transmit and receive gain adjustment. Provision gain in 0.5 dB steps over a 12 dB range. The RI-APOTS card supports equalization (four steps) and provisionable balance (four steps). Install the RI-APOTS card at the RST. Install its counterpart, the LI-APOTS card, in the LET. Use the RI-APOTS card with loaded or non-loaded cable. The RI-APOTS card features backplane metallic A/B access to enable testing using the Metallic Test Unit (MTU).
RI-APOTS features
The RI-APOTS plug-in card has the following features: Six 2-wire extended range POTS circuits per card Built-in on-hook transmission (CLASS) capabilities Forward disconnect Terminating impedance of 600 Transient protection Remote test access to metallic A and B Equalization (four steps) Transmit and receive gain adjustment (24 steps)
RI-APOTS, continued
RI-APOTS faceplate
The RI-APOTS card has the following faceplate elements: RI-APOTS FAIL Item LED Color Function Red Plug-in card failure Flashing Illegal Signalling Red Green Indicates that the card is busy or is being tested.
BUSY
RI-APOTS, continued
RI-APOTS specifications
The RI-APOTS plug-in card has the following specifications: Signalling End-to-end signalling delay Pulse distortion (pw > 25 ms) Meter pulse generator Meter pulse output level Max loop length including station Ring trip detector (85 Vrms, 20 Hz) Ring trip delay (85 Vrms, 50 Hz)
< 50 ms < 15 ms 12 kHz 0.1%, 16 kHz 0.1% 2.0 Vrms @ 200 2000 > 2000 < 40 ms
Maximum loop length excluding 1800 @ 20 mA station Open circuit voltage normal mode 43 V (battery -52 Vdc) Open circuit voltage on hook 44 V 0.5 V transmission mode Off-hook detection threshold On-hook detection threshold Battery reversal delay Audio Companding Nominal input impedance Nominal loss (referenced 2-wire 900 ) Maximum VF overload level Return loss single ended Longitudinal balance < 2.0 k > 9.0 k < 40 msec A-Law (over E1) or -Law (over T1) 600 -2.0 dBm 0.5 dB +5.0 dBm > 18 dB (300 Hz to 3.4 kHz) > 46 dB (300 Hz to 3.4 kHz)
Part 1 of 2
Continued
-40C to +65C -40F to +149F 5% to 95% non-condensing 2.0 W 13.018 cm (5.125 inches) 1.429 cm (0.563 inch) 26.67 cm (10.5 inches) 0.23 kg (0.5 pound) CCITT G.713 CCITT G.714
Part 2 of 2
RI-BPOTS
RI-BPOTS description
The Remote Subscriber International POTS (RI-BPOTS) plug-in card is the RSTs loop start counterpart to the loop terminating LI-BPOTS plug-in card. It provides six, standard loop start POTS circuits. The RI-BPOTS card also provides ring cadence, local ring trip, and on-hook transmission between ring-bursts. Install the RI-BPOTS card at the RST. The RI-BPOTS plug-in card has the following features: Six 2-wire POTS circuits per card Terminating impedance of 600 Transient protection
RI-BPOTS features
RI-BPOTS, continued
RI-BPOTS faceplate
The RI-BPOTS card has the following faceplate elements: RI-BPOTS FAIL Item LED Color Function Red Plug-in card failure Flashing Illegal Signalling Red Green Indicates that the card is busy or is being tested.
BUSY
RI-BPOTS, continued
RI-BPOTS specifications
The RI-BPOTS plug-in card has the following specifications: Signalling End-to-end signalling delay Pulse distortion (pw > 25 ms) Ring trip detector (85 Vrms, 50 Hz) Ring trip delay (85 Vrms, 50 Hz) Maximum loop length including station Open circuit voltage normal mode (battery -52 Vdc) Open circuit voltage on hook transmission mode Off-hook detection threshold On-hook detection threshold Audio Companding Nominal input impedance Nominal loss (referenced 2-wire 600) Maximum VF overload level Return loss single ended Longitudinal balance Environmental Operating temperature Humidity (relative) Average power consumption Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight
< 40 ms < 15 ms > 2000 < 40 ms 1830 @ 20 mA 43 V 44 V 0.5 V < 2.0 k > 9.0 k A-Law 600 -2.0 dBm 0.5 dB +5.0 dBm > 18 dB (300 Hz to 3.4 kHz) > 46 dB (300 Hz to 3.4 kHz) -40C to +65C -40F to +149F 5% to 95% non-condensing 2.0 W 13.018 cm (5.125 inches) 1.429 cm (0.563 inch) 26.67 cm (10.5 inches) 0.23 kg (0.5 pound)
Part 1 of 2
Continued
Compliance

Part 2 of 2
RI-ISDN
RI-ISDN description
The RST International Integrated Services Digital Network (RI-ISDN) plug-in card delivers six ISDN circuits. The RI-ISDN receives the physical 2B+D format from the LI-ISDN card. It utilizes mixed analog and digital signal processing circuit technology as described in ITU-T G.961. Each RI-ISDN plug-in card provides six ISDN lines.The RI-ISDN uses 2B1Q (2 binary 1 quaternary) line coding for full-duplex transmission at 144-kbps data rate. The transmission format delivers 12 kbps for synchronization, 144 kbps for 2B+D customer data, and 4 kbps for overhead. The customer data is divided into two 64-kbps B channels and one 16-kbps D channel. The RI-ISDN card provides 40 mA @ +110 VDC for network powering of NT1 subscriber equipment. It supports 3-channel TDM and has built-in BER measurement. The RI-ISDN plug-in card has an approximate working range of 5.49 km (18 ft) over 0.051 cm (#24 AWG) cable. The RI-ISDN card uses more power per circuit than analog services. The number of ISDN plug-in cards supported by a single AccessMAX CBA depends on the total power consumption of other cards within the CBA. Contact AFC Applications Engineering for power management guidelines when deploying multiple ISDN cards per CBA.
RI-ISDN features
The RI-ISDN plug-in card has the following features: Six ISDN circuits per card 3-channel TDM BER measurement (2 thresholds) through the AccessMAX Craft Interface. 2B+D loopbacks controlled from the AccessMAX Craft Interface Remote access to metallic A and B NT1 line powering U interface loss of signal alarm NT1 line power fail alarm
RI-ISDN, continued
RI-ISDN faceplate
The RI-ISDN faceplate has the following LEDs: RI-ISDN FAIL ACTV LOOP Item LED Color Red Flashing red Green Amber Function Plug-in card failure Illegal signalling Plug-in card is busy Loopback in progress
RI-ISDN, continued
RI-ISDN specifications
The RI-ISDN plug-in card specifications follow: Signalling Line coding Data rate (throughput) Loopback modes Analog Parameters Equalization Receive Transmit Input impedance NT1 line powering Environmental Operating temperature Humidity (relative) Maximum power consumption Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight Compliance
2B1Q 160 kbps Equipment, Facility
< 40 dB attenuation 12.5 dB (2.5 Vpk) 135 5% 40 mA @ +110Vdc -40C to +65C -40F to +149F 5% to 95% non-condensing 28.0 W 13.018 cm (5.125 inches) 1.429 cm (0.563 inch) 26.67 cm (10.5 inches) 0.23 kg (0.5 pound) ITU-T G.961
RI-POTS
RI-POTS description
The RST International POTS (RI-POTS) plug-in card is the Remote Subscriber Terminal (RST) loop start counterpart to the loop terminating LI-POTS plug-in card. It provides six circuits of standard loop start Plain Old Telephone Service (POTS). The RI-POTS plug-in card provides ring cadence, local ring trip, on-hook transmission between ring-bursts, and forward disconnect. The card supports Call Message Waiting Indicator (CMWI). Install the RI-POTS in the RST; install its counterpart, the LI-POTS, in the Local Exchange Terminal (LET). Use the RI-POTS with loaded or non-loaded cable.
RI-POTS features
The RI-POTS plug-in card has the following features: Six 2-wire circuits per unit On-hook transmission (CLASS) capability Forward disconnect Terminating impedance of 600 Transient protection Remote test access to metallic A and B Call Message Waiting Indicator (CMWI)
RI-POTS, continued
RI-POTS faceplate
The RI-POTS faceplate has the following LEDs: RI-POTS FAIL BUSY Item LED Color Function Red Plug-in card failure Flashing red Illegal signalling Green At least one circuit is busy or being tested
RI-POTS, continued
RI-POTS specifications
The RI-POTS plug-in card specifications follow: Signalling End-to-end signalling delay Pulse distortion (pw > 25 ms) Ring trip detector (85 Vrms, 20 Hz) Ring trip delay (85 Vrms, 20 Hz) Max loop length including station Loop current (constant) Open circuit voltage normal mode (battery -52 Vdc) Open circuit voltage on hook transmission mode Off-hook detection threshold On-hook detection threshold Audio Companding Nominal input impedance Nominal loss (referenced 2-wire 900) Maximum VF overload level Return loss single ended Longitudinal balance Environmental Operating temperature Humidity (relative) Average power consumption Dimensions Height Width Depth
< 40 ms < 15 ms > 2000 < 40 ms 1830 @ 20 mA 25 mA, 20 mA min. @ 1830 50 Vdc minimum >43 Vdc < 2.0 k > 9.0 k A-Law (over E1) or -Law (over T1) 600 -2.0 dBm 0.5 dB off-hook 3.0 dB 1dB on-hook +5.0 dBm > 18 dB (300 Hz to 3.4 kHz) > 46 dB (300 Hz to 3.4 kHz) -40C to +65C -40F to +149F 5% to 95% non-condensing 2.0 W 13.018 cm (5.125 inches) 1.429 cm (0.563 inch) 26.67 cm (10.5 inches)
Part 1 of 2
Continued
Weight Compliance
0.23 kg (0.5 pound) CCITT G.713 CCITT G.714

Part 2 of 2
RI-VPOTS
RI-VPOTS description
The Remote Subscriber International POTS (RI-VPOTS) plug-in card provides six trunk terminating loop start POTS circuits for the RST. The RI-VPOTS card also provides ring cadence, local ring trip, reverse battery detection, on-hook transmission between ring bursts, and forward disconnect. Install the RI-VPOTS card at the RST. The RI-VPOTS plug-in card has the following features: Six, 2-wire circuits per card On-hook transmission (CLASS) capability Forward disconnect 600 terminating impedance Reverse battery detection
RI-VPOTS features
RI-VPOTS, continued
RI-VPOTS faceplate
The RI-VPOTS plug-in card has the following faceplate elements: RI-VPOTS FAIL Item LED Color Function Red Plug-in card failure Flashing Illegal Signalling Red Green Indicates that at least one RI-VPOTS circuit is busy or is being tested
BUSY
RI-VPOTS, continued
RI-VPOTS specifications
The RI-VPOTS plug-in card has the following specifications: Signalling End-to-end signalling delay (normal and reverse battery) Pulse distortion (pw > 25 ms) Ring trip detector (85 Vrms, 20 Hz) Ring trip delay (85 Vrms, 20 Hz) Max loop length including station Loop current (constant) Open circuit voltage normal mode (battery -52 Vdc) Open circuit voltage on hook transmission mode Off-hook detection threshold On-hook detection threshold Audio Companding Nominal input impedance Nominal loss (referenced 2-wire 600) Return loss single ended Longitudinal balance Environmental Operating temperature Humidity (relative) Average power consumption Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight
<40 ms < 15 ms > 2000 < 40 msec 1800 @ 20 mA 35 mA short circuit 50 V > 42 V 2 V (battery -52V) < 2.0 k > 9.0 k A-Law 600 2.0 dBm 0.5 dB off-hook 3.0 dB 1 dB on-hook > 18 dB (300 Hz - 3.4 kHz) > 50 dB (300 Hz to 3.4 kHz) -40C to +65C -40F to +149F 5% to 95% non-condensing 2.0 W 13.018 cm (5.125 inches) 1.429 cm (0.563 inch) 26.67 cm (10.5 inches) 0.23 kg (0.5 pound)
Part 1 of 2
Continued
Compliance

Part 2 of 2
R-PSU
R-PSU description
The RST Power Supply Unit (R-PSU) plug-in card converts standard -48 Vdc from batteries or a UPA into the voltages required by the common control equipment and plug-in cards located at the RST. The R-PSU also generates sine wave ringing voltage for use by the subscriber interfaces. The card uses a DC-to-DC switching converter for high efficiency and low thermal dissipation. An RST shelf requires only one R-PSU; however, a second dedicated power supply slot allows for redundancy. The R-PSU features input fusing to protect redundancy. Note: The fuse on the R-PSU is not field-replaceable. Only an AFC service technician should replace this fuse.
R-PSU features The R-PSU plug-in card has the following features:
High-efficiency switching DC-DC converter Programmable ringing generator Reverse input polarity protection Thermal overload protection Over-voltage/over-current shutdown Low output voltage alarm Low thermal dissipation
R-PSU, continued
R-PSU faceplate
The R-PSU faceplate has the following LEDs and jacks: R-PSU Item FAIL ACTV FUSE +5V jack -48V jack GND jack LED Color Red Green Red N/A N/A N/A Function Plug-in card failure Plug-in card is active Failed fuse on plug-in card Sample system voltage Sample system voltage Sample system voltage
R-PSU, continued
R-PSU specifications
The R-PSU plug-in card specifications follow: DC-DC Converter Input Output Long line talk battery Short line talk battery Low voltage alarm Low voltage disconnect Regulation 5.15 Vdc
-42.0 to -60.0 Vdc +5.15 Vdc 1.5% -5.15 Vdc 10.0% -49 Vdc to -61 Vdc -32.0 Vdc line battery 10% -44 Vdc -38 Vdc < 1.5% load < 1.5% line < 0.2% per specified temp range 1.0% peak-to-peak < 100 mV peak-to-peak 15 A 2A 2A 3A 500 V input to output Referenced to input battery ground -48 Vdc 60, 65, 85, 95 Vac 5% 16.7, 17.7, 18.7, 20.0, 21.0, 22.3, 23.5, 25.0, 26.4, 28.0, 29.8, 31.6, 33.3, 35.4, 37.6, 40.0, 42.2, 44.4, 47.4, 50.0 Hz
Part 1 of 2
Ripple and Noise (DC - 20 MHz) 5 Vdc -52 Vdc, -32 Vdc Output Current +5 Vdc -5 Vdc -52 Vdc -32 Vdc Isolation Internal converter Output ground Ringing Generator Pedestal voltage Output voltage range Voltage tolerance Output frequency in Hz (provisionable)
Continued
Frequency tolerance Power (continuous) Environmental Operating temperature Humidity (relative) Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight Compliance
2.5% 15 REN -40F to +149F -40C to +65C 5% to 95% non-condensing 13.018 cm (5.125 inches) 2.54 cm (1.0 inch) 26.67 cm (10.5 inches) 0.45 kg (1.0 pound) GR-1089-CORE
Part 2 of 2
R-UVG
R-UVG description
The RST Universal Voice Grade (R-UVG) plug-in card is the remote terminal counterpart to the L-UVG plug-in card. In the default ground start/loop start service mode, the R-UVG direct-maps to the corresponding L-UVG and establishes six dedicated circuits, reducing the total number of spans that can be concentrated. Other provisionable service modes provide for timeslot concentration within the AccessMAX transport. The R-UVG supports ground start, loop start, and reverse battery signalling for applications such as PBX off-premises lines. The R-UVG also supports firebar (continuous) ringing, on-hook transmission, and Private Line Automatic Ringdown (PLAR) hotline service. The R-UVG provides ring cadence following, on-hook transmission between ring bursts, forward disconnect, precision gain adjustment in 0.1 dB steps, and automatic transmission loss switching with loop length. Install the R-UVG in the LET for Direct-Inward-Dial (DID) applications.
R-UVG features The R-UVG plug-in card has the following features:
Six 2-wire circuits per unit Automatic or provisionable transmission gain (0.1 dB steps) Ground start/loop start capability Reverse battery signalling 600 impedance Forward disconnect Firebar ringing PLAR On-hook transmission Remote test access to metallic A and B Support for CMWI (Call Message Waiting Indicator)
R-UVG, continued
R-UVG faceplate
The R-UVG faceplate has the following LEDs: R-UVG FAIL BUSY Item LED Color Function Red Plug-in card failure Flashing red Illegal signalling Green At least one circuit is busy or being tested
R-UVG, continued
R-UVG specifications
The R-UVG plug-in card specifications follow: Signalling End-to-end signalling delay (normal and reverse) Pulse distortion (pw > 25 ms) Maximum loop length (includes station) Off-hook detection threshold On-hook detection threshold Loop current Open circuit voltage on hook transmission mode Ring trip detector Ring trip delay Audio Companding Nominal input impedance Adjustable gain range Maximum VF overload level Auto mode setting (loss switching) Total loop resistance < 650 Total loop resistance > 650 Single ended return loss Longitudinal balance Environmental Operating temperature Humidity (relative) Maximum power consumption
< 50 ms < 5 ms 1500 < 2.0 k > 7 k 35 mA constant current -42 2 Vdc > 2000 < 150 ms A-Law 600 +3.0 dB to -9.0 dB (A-D) -3.0 dB to +9.0 dB (D-A) +5.0 dBm -2 dB 0.2 dB (nominal loss) 0 dB 0.2 dB (nominal loss) ERL > 19 dB SRL > 11 dB > 58 dB (400 Hz to 3.4 kHz) -40C to +65C -40F to +149F 5% to 95% non-condensing 13.5 W
Part 1 of 2
Continued
Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight Compliance
13.018 cm (5.125 inches) 1.429 cm (0.563 inch) 26.67 cm (10.5 inches) 0.23 kg (0.5 pound) TR-TSY-000057 TR-TSY-000303 GR-1089-CORE
Part 2 of 2
SDU
SDU description
The Synchronous Data Unit (SDU) plug-in card provides a medium bit rate synchronous interface to the AccessMAX system for point-to-point leased-line services. The SDU, used in both the LET and RST(s), operates at 1200 bps, 2400 bps, 4800 bps, 9600 bps, 19200 bps, 38400 bps, 48 kbps, 56 kbps, or 64 kbps. Use the SDU in all types of public and private data networks where synchronous data with minimum delay is required. The SDU supports one data channel per unit using CCITT V.24/V.28 or V.35 electrical interfaces. System synchronization is achieved by locking the system clock to an external 2.048 MHz reference terminated on the LET backplane or by using an E1 2.048 Mbps input signal to a dedicated E1-XCVR in the LET.
SDU features
The SDU plug-in card has the following features: One multi-bit rate circuit per card V.24, V.28, and V.35 electrical interfaces 1200 bps to 64 kbps data rates Point-to-point synchronous applications
SDU, continued
SDU pinouts
The following table lists the V.24 pinouts for the SDU plug-in card: Table 4-2: SDU V.24 pinouts
DTE Signal
TXD1 RXD1 TXCLK RXCLK GND RTS1 CTS1 DSR1
Direction
Wire Wrap Post

B3 B4 A2 B6 A6 A5 A3 A4
Key:
TXD 1 = Transmit Data RXD 1 = Receive Data GND = Ground/Earth TXCLK = Transmit Clock
RTS 1 = Request to Send CTS 1 = Clear to Send DSR 1 = Data Set Ready RXCLK = Receive Clock
SDU, continued
SDU pinouts, continued
The following table lists the V.35 pinouts for the SDU plug-in card: Table 4-3: SDU V.35 Pinouts
DTE Signal
TXD1 RXD1 TXCLK RXCLK GND RTS1 CTS1 DSR1
Direction
Wire Wrap Post

B3 B1 B4 B2 A2 A1 B6 B5 A6 A5 A3 A4
Key:
TXD 1 = Transmit Data Pair RXD 1 = Receive Data Pair GND = Ground/Earth TXCLK = Transmit Clock Pair
TS 1 = Request to Send Pair CTS 1 = Clear to Send DSR 1 = Data Set Ready RXCLK = Receive Clock Pair
SDU, continued
SDU faceplate
The SDU plug-in card has the following faceplate elements: SDU FAIL ACTV Item LED Color Function Red Indicates a plug-in card failure Green Indicates that the plug-in card is active
SDU, continued
SDU specifications
The SDU plug-in card has the following specifications: Data Handling Data handling Electrical Interfaces Differential voltage swing Logical level (1) Logical level (0) Impedance (input) Environmental Operating temperature Humidity (relative) Average power consumption Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight
1200 bps to 64 kbps 1 interface per card 9 Vpk @ 100 </= -2Vpk </= +2Vpk 100 - 40C to +65C -40F to +149F 5% to 95% non-condensing 3.0 W 13.018 cm (5.125 inches) 1.429 cm (0.563 inch) 26.67 cm (10.5 inches) 0.23 kg (0.5 pound)
SHDSL
SHDSL description
The Symmetric High Bit Rate Digital Subscriber Line (SHDSL) plug-in card delivers high-speed data service over twisted copper pairs using industrystandard Trellis Coded-Pulse Amplitude Modulation (TC-PAM) line coding technology. The SHDSL plug-in card supports SHDSL in accordance with ITU standard G.991.2 (G.SHDSL). The SHDSL plug-in card delivers rate-adaptive symmetric bandwidth up to 2.3 Mbps over unloaded twisted pairs. The card provides six non-powered SHDSL circuits as User-to-Network Interface (UNI) service drops. The SHDSL plug-in card supports both EdgeAccess and Native ATM connections. The SHDSL card has a Globespan chipset. When installed in an AccessMAX system, the SHDSL card interfaces with any G.SHDS- compliant device. The SHDSL plug-in card utilizes the PowerMAX line-card powering and heat dissipation technologies available with the DMAX1120 Channel Bank Assembly (CBA). You may insert the card into all 22 general purpose slots, allowing 100% use of SHDSL plug-in cards in a single DMAX1120 shelf. The SHDSL plug-in card supports facility metallic test access for use with the Metallic Test Unit (MTU) plug-in card. The card also supports an equipment side loopback for each port. The maximum number of SHDSL plug-in cards supported by a single UMC1000 CBA depends on the total power consumption of the other plug-in cards within the CBA. Contact AFC Application Engineering for power management guidelines when deploying multiple SHDSL plug-in cards in the UMC1000 CBA.
SHDSL, continued
General features
The SHDSL plug-in card has these features: Dual memory support for non-service affecting programming Backplane access to metallic A and B for metallic loop test support Uses the PowerMAX line-card powering and heat dissipation technologies available with the DMAX1120 CBA, allowing use of SHDSL plug-in cards in all 22 general purpose slots
SHDSL features The SHDSL plug-in card has these SHDSL features:
Six SHDSL circuits per plug-in card Supports both EdgeAcess ATM and Native ATM connections Compatible with a variety of industry standard CPE Note: Contact AFC Applications Engineering for CPEs interoperable with the SHDSL plug-in card in a service drop application.
SHDSL, continued
SHDSL faceplate
The SHDSL plug-in card faceplate has one red LED and six green LEDs (one per circuit). SHDSL FAIL
SHDSL
FAIL SYNC 1 SYNC 2 SYNC 3 SYNC 4 SYNC 5 SYNC 6
Item
LED Color Red
Function Plug-in card failure Card is unable to communicate with the CPU The line on the corresponding circuit is enabled and trained up with the CPE
SYNC
Green
SHDSL, continued
SHDSL specifications
The SHDSL plug-in card specifications follow: SHDSL Signalling Line coding Data rate Input impedance Environmental Operating temperature Humidity (relative) Average power consumption Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight Compliance
ITU G.991.2, (G.SHDSL) Rate adaptive up to 2.3 Mbps in 32-kbps steps 900 @ 200 Hz to 3.2 kHz 100 @ 30 kHz to 1.1 MHz -40F to +149F -40C to +65C 5% to 95% non-condensing 10.0 W 13.018 cm (5.125 inches) 1.429 cm (0.563 inches) 26.67 cm (10.5 inches) 0.23 kg (0.5 pound) UL 1950, CSA 22.2 #950, GR-1089-CORE, ITU G.991.2
SSR-XCVR
SSR-XCVR description
The Spread Spectrum Radio Transceiver (SSR-XCVR) delivers 30, 64-kbps channels (2.048 Mbps rate) over a line-of-sight microwave radio link in a frequency band of 2.400 to 2.483 GHz. An optional transverter moves the frequency band to 5.725 to 5.850 GHz. Install the SSR-XCVR at both the LET and RST to establish a full duplex span over a microwave radio link. The SSR-XCVR transmits and receives control and status information, framing, and 30, 64-kbps channels of voice or data originating from any of the channel units in the subscriber slots. Access received signal strength, frequency control, error rate and other information via the AccessMAX Craft Interface. The SSR-XCVR supports Star, Drop-and-Insert, and Tree network configurations, two or more hops, and multiple links to a single antenna. The SSR-XCVR employs Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum (DSSS) coding combined with a Quadrature Phase Shift Keying (QPSK) modem. The DSSS coding applies an 11-bit Pseudo-Noise (PN) sequence to the data, resulting in a processing gain of over 10 dB. The QPSK modem allows for efficient power transmission and rapid synchronization. Adjust output power within an 18 dB range up to a maximum of +18 dBm at the SSR-XCVR cable connector. The SSR-XCVR supports provisionable frequencies and frequency switchovers when interference degrades a frequency in use.
SSR-XCVR features
The SSR-XCVR plug-in card has the following features: Thirty 64-kbps channels over microwave radio link Frequency switchover Craft Interface monitoring and provisioning DSSS coding QPSK modem Software-adjustable output power Software-provisionable frequencies
SSR-XCVR, continued
SSR-XCVR faceplate
The SSR-XCVR faceplate has the following LEDs: SSR-XCVR Item FAIL ACTV SYNC LED Color Function Red Plug-in card failure Green Plug-in card is active and can carry traffic Blue Datalink is present with counterpart SSR-XCVR plug-in card Red Loss of signal
LOS
SSR-XCVR, continued
SSR-XCVR specifications
The SSR-XCVR plug-in card specifications follow: Signalling Coding Modem Data rate Center frequency range with transverter Processing gain System gain (radio only) with transverter Acquisition time Transmission delay RF connectors Transmitter Output power with transverter Channel bandwidth Output impedance In band return/loss Spurious emissions Receiver Nominal receive level Maximum receive level Threshold sensitivity with transverter Image rejection In band return/loss RSSI range @ 2.4 GHz Rx connector Accuracy
Direct sequence, 11 bit code QPSK 2.048 Mbps 2.410 to 2.465 GHz, 1 MHz steps 5.735 to 5.840 GHz, 1 MHz steps >10 dB 108 dB 105 dB 500 ms max 50 s (radio only) MCX 0 to +18 dBm @ Tx cable output, electronically adjustable (1 dB steps) +24 dBm, max. 20 MHz 50 , nominal 12 dB min -65 dBc max -60 dBm at 10-9 BER -30 dBm at 10-9 BER -90 dBm at 10-6 BER -85 dB at 10-6 BER 80 dB 12 dB min -40 to -90 dBm 3 dB 3 dBm
Part 1 of 2
Continued
Environmental Operating temperature Humidity (relative) Maximum power consumption with transverter Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight
-40C to +65C -40F to +149F 5% to 95% non-condensing 7W 22 W 13.018 cm (5.125 inches) 1.429 cm (0.563 inch) 26.67 cm (10.5 inches) 0.23 kg (0.5 pound)
Part 2 of 2
STM1c-XCVR
STM1c-XCVR description
The Synchronous Transport Module Concentrator Transceiver (STM1c-XCVR) plug-in card has four functions: A concentrator A155-Mbps uplink to an ATM network An ATM service card A high-rate, point-to-point transport between AccessMAX terminals. The STM1c-XCVR plug-in card has a 155-Mbps interface. Both the transmitter and the receiver are on a single card, each connecting to a fiber-optic cable. The card uses a PIN receiver and a single-mode laser operating at 1310 nm. An optical loss budget of 18 dB or higher is possible. The STM1c-XCVR card has SC connectors. As an uplink to the ATM data network, the STM1c-XCVR plug-in card interfaces to any UNI 3.1 and UNI 4.0 compliant ATM switch or router. The STM1c-XCVR card routes ATM cells to/from an ATM-over-STM1 network. When provisioned as an uplink, Release 8.0EE supports up to seven STM1c-XCVR cards per terminal. As a concentrator, the STM1c-XCVR plug-in card allows up to 31 incoming ATM pipes. The concentrator aggregates these incoming pipes into a single ATM pipe through the AccessMAX system. When provisioned as a concentrator, use a minimum of one STM1c-XCVR card per AccessMAX terminal, depending on the system configuration. As an ATM service card, the STM1c-XCVR plug-in card addresses two new user applications. The card enables aggregation of individual AccessMAX LET systems. Aggregating STM1c-XCVR uplinks into one uplink to the ATM switch eliminates the need for an external aggregator or additional STM1c ports on the ATM switch. The STM1c-XCVR plug-in card also offers UNI (User-to-Network interface) service drops for increased bandwidth, allowing a larger range of services.
STM1c-XCVR, continued
STM1c-XCVR description, continued
As an interterminal transceiver, the STM1c-XCVR plug-in card supports both EdgeAccess ATM and Native ATM connections. The card carries TDM and ATM traffic; TDM traffic is converted to ATM cells. 50 Mbps are reserved for the TDM backplane, 5 Mbps for SDH overhead, and the remaining 100 Mbps for Native ATM traffic. It utilizes PowerMAX line card powering and heat dissipation technologies available with the DMAX1120 Channel Bank Assembly (CBA). When provisioned as an interterminal transceiver, the card may be inserted into any of the 22 general purpose slots, and populate 100% of a single DMAX1120 shelf.
STM1c-XCVR features
The STM1c-XCVR plug-in card has the following features: G.707 Intermediate Reach (ITU-T G.707) compatible with a 20 dB or higher optical loss budget Functions as a concentrator, an uplink to an ATM network, an interterminal transport, or an ATM service card 1310 nm single-mode fiber for STM1c interface PIN receiver (-28 dBm sensitivity) 155 Mbps optical interface Uses two fibers: one transmit and one receive When provisioned as an uplink or transport, provides the terminal reference timing signal Dual-memory support for non-service affecting programming Supports 2,048 Virtual Channel Connections
STM1c-XCVR faceplate
The STM1c-XCVR plug-in card faceplate has the following LEDs: STM1c-XCVR FAIL Item LED Color Function Red Plug-in card failure Card is unable to communicate with the CPU Plug-in card is active Concentrator: Plug-in is enabled and initialized. Plug-in card is in loopback Uplink: ATM cell synchronization Concentrator: LED is always off Transport: Plug-in card is enabled and initialized Service: Plug-in card is enabled and initialized Uplink: Loss of signal Concentrator: LED is always off Transport: Loss of signal Service: Loss of signal
ACTV
Green
SYNC
Flashing green Green
LOC REM
Red
STM1c-XCVR specifications
The STM1c-XCVR plug-in card specifications follow: Signalling Line coding Line rate
Scrambled NRZI 155.52 Mbps (payload: 149.76 Mbps; overhead 5.76 Mbps) 1310 nm (single mode) -10 dBm 1.5 dB 1310 nm 0 dBm 1310 nm -28 dBm 20 dB -40F to +149F -40C to +65C 5% to 95% non-condensing 7.0 W 13.018 cm (5.125 inches) 1.429 cm (0.563 inch) 26.67 cm (10.5 inches) 0.23 kg (0.5 pound) Designed to be compatible with ITU-T G.707
Transmit Levels Laser Receiver Sensitivity Minimum saturation level Maximum sensitivity Maximum link loss budget Environmental Operating temperature Humidity (relative) Maximum power consumption Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight Compliance
STM1cu-XCVR
STM1cu-XCVR description
The Synchronous Transport Module Concentrator/Uplink Transceiver (STM1cu-XCVR) plug-in card has two EdgeAccess ATM functions: A concentrator 155-Mbps uplink to an ATM network. The STM1cu-XCVR plug-in card is compliant with SDH STM1 standards per ITU-T G.707. The STM1cu-XCVR plug-in card has a 155-Mbps interface. Both a transmitter and a receiver are on a single card, each connecting to a fiber-optic cable. The STM1cu-XCVR plug-in card uses a PIN receiver and a single-mode laser operating at 1310 nm. A link loss budget of 17 dB is possible. The STM1cu-XCVR plug-in card has single-mode FC/PC connectors. As an uplink to the ATM data network, the STM1cu-XCVR interfaces to any UNI 3.1 compliant ATM switch or router and provides the terminal reference timing signal when provisioned as an uplink. The STM1cu-XCVR routes ATM cells to/from an ATM-over-STM1 network. When provisioned as an uplink, use one STM1cu-XCVR plug-in card per system. If an E1X-XCVR uplink card is used, use an STM1cu-XCVR in the same LET shelf to perform the ATM concentration function. As a concentrator, the STM1cu-XCVR plug-in card allows up to 31 incoming ATM pipes. The pipes are provisionable in size up to16 Mbps. The concentrator aggregates these incoming pipes into a single ATM pipe through the AccessMAX system.
STM1-cu-XCVR, continued
STM1cu-XCVR features
The EdgeAccess ATM STM1cu-XCVR plug-in card has the following features: Can serve as system timing reference ITU-T G.707 compliant with a 17 dB link loss budget 1310 single-mode fiber for its STM1c interface PIN receiver (-28 dBm sensitivity) 155 Mbps optical interface Uses two fibers: one transmit and one receive Provides fiber uplink to the local exchange switch In combination with an E1X-XCVR, provides copper uplink to the local exchange Dual-memory support for non-service affecting upgrade
STM1cu-XCVR, continued
STM1cu-XCVR faceplate
The STM1cu-XCVR faceplate has the following LEDs: STM1cuXCVR Item FAIL ACTV LED Color Red Green Flashing green Green or Blue Function Plug-in card failure Plug-in card is active Plug-in card is in loopback Uplink: ATM cell synchronization Concentrator: LED is always off Uplink: Loss of signal Concentrator: LED is always off
SYNC
LOS
Red
STM1cu-XCVR, continued
STM1cu-XCVR specifications
The STM1cu-XCVR plug-in card specifications follow: Signalling Line coding Line rate Transmit Levels Laser Receiver Sensitivity Minimum saturation level Maximum sensitivity Maximum link loss budget Environmental Operating temperature Humidity (relative) Maximum power consumption Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight Compliance
Scrambled Binary 155.52 Mbps 1310 nm (single mode) -10 dBm 1.5 dB 1310 nm -4 dBm 1310 nm -28 dBm 17 dB -40F to +149F -40C to +65C 5% to 95% non-condensing 12.3 W 13.018 cm (5.125 inches) 1.429 cm (0.563 inch) 26.67 cm (10.5 inches) 0.23 kg (0.5 pound) ITU-T G.707
AFC AccessMAX System Description User Interface
User Interface Chapter Overview

In this chapter
This chapter contains the following topics: Topic Craft Interface Utility Package Overview AccessManager Page UI 3 11 13
2002, Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Confidential and Proprietary Information. Rev 1 Not for use or disclosure except by written agreement with AFC SD UI 1
2002, Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Confidential and Proprietary Information. SD UI 2 Not for use or disclosure except by written agreement with AFC Rev 1
Craft Interface Section Overview

In this section
This section contains the following topics: Topic Craft Interface Description Craft Interface Menu Tree for Release 8.0EE Craft Interface Alarms System Monitoring Interfaces Traffic Statistics Page UI 4 5 7 8 9
Introduction
The AccessMAX Craft Interface is a simple, menu-driven interface. Input a valid user identification and password to gain access to the system. The AccessMAX system searches for and uses an available 64-kbps channel to carry provisioning and alarm information from terminal to terminal. If all channels are busy, the AccessMAX system uses the frame alignment bits to carry this information. This process does not affect telephone traffic and is transparent to the user. See the AccessMAX User Interface manual for more detailed information.
Craft Interface Description

Introduction
The AccessMAX Craft Interface is simple and menu-driven. It gives users quick and easy provisioning, maintenance, traffic monitoring, testing, and administrative commands. Enter a valid user ID and password to use the Craft Interface. After 15 minutes of keyboard inactivity, or if you select the Log Off command, the system logs you out. You must re-enter a valid ID and password to resume using the Craft Interface.
Access
You can connect to the AccessMAX Craft Interface in four different ways: Through the RS232-C connector on the primary CBA at the LET or RST, using either a dumb terminal or a terminal emulation program on a PC. Through pins C5 and D5 on the primary CBA backplane at the LET or RST, using either a dumb terminal or a terminal emulation program on a PC. Through a modem by dialing up and accessing the LET or any RST. Any visual display unit can communicate with the AccessMAX system through the RSC232-C connector located on each CBA. Through a Telnet session using the IPMI plug-in card.
Menu structure From the Main Menu, you can navigate through commands in five sub-menus:
Through the Provisioning Menu, you can perform system turn-up functions such as timing source selection, configuration customization, and transceiver and circuit settings selection. The Maintenance Menu supports alarm retrieval, remote alarm cutoff, retrieval of alarm history, and performance monitoring. Through the Testing Menu you have access to the built-in testing functions of the AccessMAX system. Testing options include a variety of software diagnostic tests, LED tests, loopback, and remote loop testing capabilities. The Traffic Menu gives you access to traffic status and statistics. This menu also provides for setting traffic alarm thresholds. The Administration Menu functions include setting the date and time, and adding, changing, or removing user IDs, passwords, and privileges.
Craft Interface Menu Tree for Release 8.0EE

Menu tree
This illustration shows the Craft Interface menu tree for Release 8.0EE:
1. Provisioning Menu
1. System Provisioning Menu 1. List Equipment
3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 11. 12. List Power Supply Attributes Modify Power Supply Attributes List Pulse Metering Frequency Modify Pulse Metering Frequency List Timing Source List TBOS Display Modify TBOS Display Modify Terminal Number Set Survivable Transport Support
7. Special Circuits Provisioning Menu

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. List Analog Circuit Settings Modify Analog Circuit Settings List Digital Circuit Settings Modify Digital Circuit Settings List Alarm Thresholds Modify Alarm Thresholds List ADSL Port Profiles Modify ADSL Port Profiles List ADSL Port Profile Usage List SHDSL Port Profiles Modify SHDSL Port Profiles List SHDSL Port Profile Usage List DMT Carrier Mask Modify DMT Carrier Mask
2. V5 Provisioning Menu 1. List V5 Interface Group

2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Modify V5 Interface Group Delete V5 Interface Group List Variant Parameters Modify Variant Parameters Switch to Standby Variant List Communication Channels Modify Communication Channels Delete Communication Channels List V5 Interface Equipment
8. Metallic Test Provisioning Menu

1. 2. 3. 4. List CO Test Interfaces Modify CO Test Interfaces List Remote Test Interfaces Modify Remote Test Interfaces
4. Cross-Connect Provisioning Menu

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. List Cross-Connects Modify Plug-in Cross-Connects Delete Plug-in Cross-Connects Modify Groomed Cross-Connects Delete Groomed Cross-Connects V5 Cross-Connect Provisioning Menu 1. List Port Assignments 2. Modify Port Assignments 3. Delete Port Assignments 4. List Port Status 5. Modify Port Status 6. Reassert Port Block State 7. Non-Persistent Port Block/Unblock 8. List ISDN Communication Channels List Cross-Connect Attributes Modify Plug-in Cross Connect Attributes Modify Groomed Cross-Connect Attributes Nx64 Cross-Connect Provisioning Menu 1. List Fractional Configuration 2. Modify Fractional Configuration 3. Delete Fractional Configuration 4. List Nx64 Cross-Connects 5. Modify Nx64 Cross-Connects 6. Delete Nx64 Cross-Connects
10. Management Interfaces Provisioning Menu

3. List IPMI Settings 4. Modify IPMI Settings
12. Timing Provisioning Menu

1. List Timing Configuration 2. Modify Timing Configuration 3. Select Timing Input
13. ATM Provisioning Menu

List ATM Virtual Connections Modify ATM Virtual Connections Delete ATM Virtual Connections List Blocked Virtual Connections List ATM Virtual Connection Status ATM over TDM Provisioning Menu 1. List ATM Pipe Cross-Connects 2. Modify ATM Pipe Cross-Connects 3. Delete ATM Pipe Cross-Connects 4. List ATM Virtual Connection Path 7. Connection Admission Control Provisioning Menu 1. List System CAC Parameters 2. Modify System CAC Parameters 3. List Uplink CAC Parameters 4. Modify Uplink CAC Parameters 8. List ATM Traffic Profiles 9. Modify ATM Traffic Profiles 10. List Protection Group 11. Modify Protection Group 12. Delete Protection Group 13. List ATM Terminal Mode 14. Set ATM Terminal Mode 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
9. 10. 11. 14.
5. Transceiver Provisioning Menu

1. 2. 3. 4. List Transceiver Settings Modify Transceiver Settings List Alarm Thresholds Modify Alarm Thresholds
Craft Interface Menu Tree for Release 8.0E, continued

Menu tree, continued
3. Testing Menu 2. Maintenance Menu

1. List Current Alarms 2. List Alarm History 3. V5 Maintenance Menu
1. List V5.2 Link State 2. Modify V5.2 Link Blocking 3. Reassert V5.2 Link Block State 4. Non-Persistent V5.2 Link Block/Unblock 5. Perform V5.2 Link ID Check 6. Enable/Disable Interface Group 7. Perform V5.2 C-Channel Protection Switch 8. Perform Variant Switchover 9. Create AN Fault 10. Restart PSTN Protocol 11. Request Interface ID and Variant ID 12. Request C-Channel Path
2. Perform Lamp Test 3. List Loopbacks 4. Set Loopbacks 6. Perform Alarm Test 7. Drop Test Menu
1. Perform Drop Test 2. List Drop Test Thresholds 3. Modify Drop Test Thresholds
8. List Terminal Temperatures 10. List Jack Access 11. Set Jack Access
4. Traffic Menu
1. List Current Traffic Status 2. List Traffic Statistics 3. Reset Traffic Statistics 4. Set Traffic Alarm Threshold 5. List ATM Traffic Statistics 6. Reset ATM Traffic Statistics
4. Performance Monitoring Menu

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. List Performance Monitoring Data List Performance Data Initialize Performance Monitoring Data List Performance Monitoring Thresholds Modify Performance Monitoring Thresholds Disable/Enable Threshold Crossing Alerts
5. List Digital Line Card Status 6. Operate Alarm Cut Off 7. Clear Alarm History 9. Operate Extended Alarm Cut Off 10. Modify ACO Configuration 11. Alarm Suppression 12. Modify Audible Alarm Configuration 13. Manual Protection Switch 14. Manual Software Activation 15. List Uncalibrated Equipment
5. Administration Menu
1. Date and Time Menu
1. List Date and Time 2. Set Date 3. Set Time
2. Security Menu
1. 2. 3. 4. List User Security Data Set User Security Data Delete User Security Data Set Password Aging Grace Period
3. Terminal Options Menu

1. 2. 3. 4. List Terminal Options Set Terminal Options List Terminal ID Set Terminal ID
5. Set Console Type
Craft Interface Alarms

Description
The AccessMAX Craft Interface delivers alarm messages either automatically or on user request. Alarm severities include critical, major, minor, status, and event. The Craft Interface reports alarms at various points along the call path, including the AccessMAX equipment, the span, CPE, etc. See the AccessMAX User Interface manual for a complete list of Craft Interface alarms. AccessMAX transceiver, control, power, and service plug-in cards have status LEDs on the faceplates, allowing some system monitoring and maintenance functions without a visual display terminal. On the faceplates of certain plug-in cards, bantam test jacks give access to tip/ring pairs, service clocks, and battery voltages. Relay contact closures provide system alarm monitoring interfaces. The RAI plug-in card expands the existing contact alarm monitoring capability by adding six additional contact points. Provision the RAI through the Craft Interface to allow either alarm set or alarm clear status based on either a contact closure or a contact open. Provision alarm severity for each contact circuit. The RAI also associates an optional user-defined 20-character ASCII string with each input contact circuit. See the AccessMAX Troubleshooting Guide for detailed procedures to isolate and clear alarms. In addition to alarm-specific troubleshooting procedures, the manual includes procedures to troubleshoot customer-reported problems.
System Monitoring Interfaces

Others
AccessMAX also supports AccessManager (AFCs Element Management System) monitoring of the system. For a description of AccessManager, see AccessManager on page UI 13 of this manual.
Card placement The following table describes plug-in card placement rules for system rules monitoring:
System Monitoring AccessManager
Plug-in Cards in LET Plug-in Cards in RST IPMI N/A
Traffic Statistics
Description
The AccessMAX system allows easy monitoring of system and ATM traffic statistics. The Craft User Interface displays current and past system traffic statistics, as well as traffic data for each remote terminal. The Craft User Interface displays ATM traffic for each xDSL plug-in card port, and for STM1c-XCVR and STM1cu-XCVR plug-in cards provisioned as uplinks and service cards. You can monitor the following TDM traffic statistics: Number of originating and terminating calls Number of calls completed and blocked Length of time all channels in the system were busy Peak hourly call load for the system
TDM traffic statistics
ATM traffic statistics
You can monitor the following ATM traffic statistics: Received cell count Received OAM cell count Received marked cell count Received dropped cell count Received out of bounds cell count Received unassigned cell count For definitions of traffic statistics, see the AccessMAX User Interface manual.
Utility Package Overview AccessMAX Utility Package

Description
The AccessMAX Utility Package (AUP) is a collection of graphical user interface (GUI) applications that allow AccessMAX user to perform maintenance procedures in Windows and Solaris environments. AUP functions in three different modes to accomplish these maintenance procedures: Upgrade Database Backup Terminal Capture Perform these functions over a serial port (Windows) or over TCP/IP networks (Windows and Solaris). Selecting one mode of operation disables the other two. Order AUP from AFC Order Administration at (707) 792-3500, Option 2.
Upgrade mode
Use the Upgrade mode to upgrade AccessMAX plug-in card software to the latest release level. You can use AUP to upgrade plug-in cards that contain software release 6.0 or higher. AFC distributes AUP on CD-ROMs that run on IBM-compatible PCs and on Solaris workstations. Several AccessMAX plug-in cards have two memory chips installed. AUP upgrades one of the memory chips at a time, leaving the second chip to continue running uninterrupted service. The user then has the option to upgrade the second memory chip while the first chip provides service with the upgraded software. Plug-in cards without the dual-memory chips cannot provide service during the upgrade process. Most users equip these non-dual memory cards redundantly so that service continues during the upgrade. Plug-in cards equipped with dual-memory chips for Release 7.0E are: E1AX-XCVR E3I-XCVR E1HD-ADTRAN CPU-2 IDLP
AccessMAX Utility Package, continued

Upgrade mode, Plug-in cards equipped with dual memory chips for Release 7.1E are:
continued
ADSL 2+6 ADSL 6+6
ADSL 6+0 STM1cu-XCVR
Plug-in cards equipped with dual-memory chips for Release 8.0EE are: CPU-3 EBC-3 ELU-3 ADSL 4+6 STM1c-XCVR SHDSL
Database Backup mode
Use the Database Backup Mode to accomplish these maintenance procedures: System database backup Software revert Database restore AUP enables you to back up the system configuration database automatically. The database is the system configuration data you entered from the AccessMAX Craft Interface, such as cross-connect mapping and provisionable line card and transceiver settings. In the event of a database loss, you can restore the system with minimal downtime.
Terminal Capture mode
Use the Terminal Capture mode to interact with the AccessMAX Craft Interface.
AccessManager
Description
AccessManager, AFCs Network Management System (NMS) is a point-and-click, graphical user interface for easy management of multiple AccessMAX systems. To use AccessManager, each Local Exchange Terminal (LET) must contain one IPMI (Internet Protocol Management Interface) plug-in card. The IPMI plug-in card enables SNMP agent, Craft Interface Telnet, and IP. The AccessManager is currently supported on Sun Microsystems UNIX platforms scaled for the number of AccessMAX units to be managed.
AccessManager requirements
AccessManager, continued
AccessManager
features
Use AccessManager to manage your AccessMAX domain, regions, networks, systems, and terminals. With AccessManager, you can: Provision ADSL/ATM VCCs Provision cross-connects Provision plug-in cards and slots Manage alarms within the AccessMAX system Manage AccessMAX system events Manage IP-based equipment such as IADs Display AccessMAX equipment Create and modify filters Create and modify reports
AccessManager audience
AccessManager documentation is written for two different audiences: Part A: Introduction to the AccessManager for End Users is for the surveillance technician. Part A presents information needed for AFC network monitoring. Part B: Introduction to the AccessManager for System Administrators is for system administrators. Part B presents information needed to understand the underlying structure of the AccessManager as well as its operation.
AFC AccessMAX System Description Loop Testing
Loop Testing Chapter Overview

In this chapter
This chapter contains the following topics: Topic Supported Test Procedures MTU Configuration Page LoopTest 3 4
Description
This chapter describes the following in detail: The MTU (Metallic Test Unit) is an optional plug-in card that is fully integrated into the AccessMAX Craft Interface. The following pages contain a descriptions of the loop test supported by the MTU and a configuration diagram.
2002, Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Confidential and Proprietary Information. Rev 1 Not for use or disclosure except by written agreement with AFC SD LoopTest 1
2002, Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Confidential and Proprietary Information. SD LoopTest 2 Not for use or disclosure except by written agreement with AFC Rev 1
Supported Test Procedures

MTU testing
The MTU plug-in card supports the following test procedures: Tests for a line cross to a power utility line or other source of high voltage. If a voltage reading is greater than the provisioned threshold, the test reports a failure. Range: 30 V100 V. AC and DC Tests for a line cross to another POTS line or an induced Foreign Voltage voltage in the line. If the AC or DC voltages on either line are greater than the provisioned threshold, the test reports a failure. Range: 4 V20 V. Common Mode Tests for ground faults. The lines must be isolated from Resistive Faults ground. If the test measures a resistance of less than the to Ground provisioned threshold from either leg to ground, the test reports a failure. DC Resistance Tests for resistive faults between subscriber lines. If all between lines telephone instruments are on-hook, the test measures a high DC resistance between the lines. If the resistance is low, there is a telephone receiver off-hook or there is a resistive fault between lines. If the resistance between lines is less than the provisioned threshold, the Receiver Off-Hook test runs to check for a receiver off-hook. If no off-hook is detected, the test reports a failure. Range: 5 k 150 k. Receiver Monitors the resistance between lines. The test passes a test Off-Hook current through the line and monitors the current transfer characteristics. If the characteristics are non-linear, the telephone instrument is off-hook. Linear characteristics indicate a resistive fault between lines. REN and Tests the AC impedance at the ringing frequency by Ringer applying 40 Vac peak-to-peak to the line. Ringer Capacitance Equivalents are determined in accordance with Telcordia TA-NWT-000909. If the REN value is under 0.10, the test reports an REN failure. The capacitance value reports. If the AC impedance is over the provisioned threshold, the test reports a REN failure. Range: 7 k 140 k. See the AccessMAX Turn-Up, Test, and Maintenance and the AccessMAX User Interface manuals for information on performing system tests. AC and DC Hazardous Voltages
2002, Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Confidential and Proprietary Information. Rev 1 Not for use or disclosure except by written agreement with AFC SD LoopTest 3
MTU Configuration
Loop testing interface
The figure below shows a typical AccessMAX loop testing interface configuration using the MTU (Metallic Test Unit) plug-in card.
Analog, V5.1, or V5.2 interfaces to the CO Switch
RST One MTU

Fiber
To Switched Network
Local Switch
LET
T1
RST One MTU

Fiber
Local Exchange Building RST One MTU
To perform metallic loop testing via the AccessMAX system in this configuration, the LET resides in the local exchange building with the switch. RSTs can reside in a remote cabinet, or be rack-mounted in a CEV (Controlled Environment Vault) or on a subscribers premises. Loop testing in this configuration requires no specific plug-in cards at the LET. The MTU plug-in card must reside in each RST where testing is required. Any transport media between the LET and RST supports loop testing. Consult the Testing Menu section of the AccessMAX User Interface manual for further information on provisioning the AccessMAX system for loop testing.
2002, Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Confidential and Proprietary Information. SD LoopTest 4 Not for use or disclosure except by written agreement with AFC Rev 1
AFC AccessMAX System Description Glossary
Glossary Terms and Acronyms

Admonishment definitions
ALERT: You are in a situation that could cause damage to equipment, software, loss of data, or loss of service.
ESD ALERT: You are in a situation that could cause equipment damage or degradation of performance due to Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) event.
CAUTION! You are in a situation that could result in minor or moderate bodily injury if not avoided.
DANGER! You are in a situation that will result in death or serious bodily injury if not avoided.
DANGER! Invisible laser radiation Optical fibers emit invisible laser radiation. Avoid direct exposure to the beam. NEVER look into the end of a fiber, fiber cord, or a fiber pigtail. Permanent eye damage or blindness can occur quickly when laser radiation is present.
2002, Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Confidential and Proprietary Information. Rev 1 Not for use or disclosure except by written agreement with AFC SD Glossary 1
Terms and Acronyms, continued

2B1Q 2B+D
Two binary, one quaternary. An ISDN line encoding technique. The basic service offered by ISDN to a subscriber. It consists of two basic (B) 64-kbps channels and one 16-kbps data (D) channel for a data rate of 144 kbps. A 2-wire circuit (Analog or Digital). A 4-wire circuit (Analog or Digital). 768-HDSL Transceiver plug-in card The PCM coding and companding standard used in Europe and in areas outside of North American influence. A-LAW encoding is the method of encoding sampled audio waveforms used in the 2.048 Mbps, 30-channel PCM primary system known as E-carrier. Bits used for signaling information in robbed bit signaling. Tip and Ring. The protocol (as defined in V5 recommendations) for aligning the states of the ports of a V5 interface group between the AN and the LE without having to unblock each port individually. AFCs family of multi-service access platforms, including DMAX, UMC, FibreMAX, EMAX and EMAXplus, and associated equipment such as plug-in cards, test heads, remote telecom cabinets, and accessories. Alarm Cut Off. The desired state of the E1 or port (blocked, unblocked, etc.) as requested by the operator of the Access Network (AN). Adaptive Differential Pulse Code Modulation (per CCITT). A speech coding method which uses fewer bits than the traditional PCM. ADPCM calculates the difference between two consecutive speech samples in standard PCM coded telecom voice channels. ADPCM allows an analog voice conversation to be carried within a digital channel which is half the space PCM allows.
2W 4W 768HD-XCVR A-LAW
A and B bits A and B Accelerated port alignment
AccessMAX
ACO Administrative state ADPCM
2002, Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Confidential and Proprietary Information. SD Glossary 2 Not for use or disclosure except by written agreement with AFC Rev 1

ADSL
Asymmetrical Digital Subscriber Line. A general name for an evolving high-speed transmission technology developed by Bellcore and now standardized by ANSI as T1.413. ADSL uses existing UTP copper wires from the telephone companys central office to the subscribers premises. ADSL equipment in the central office sends high speed digital signals to the subscribers equipment up and down the copper wires. ADSL sends more information one way than the other, hence the word asymmetrical. ADSL2+6 plug-in card; delivers 2 data circuits and 6 POTS circuits per card. ADSL6+6 plug-in card; delivers 6 data circuits and 6 POTS circuits per card. Telecommunications equipment manufacturer. Asynchronous Data Unit plug-in card. Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. Automatic Gain Control. Alarm Indication Signal. Alternate Mark Inversion. The line coding format in T-1 transmission systems whereby successive ones (marks) are alternately inverted (sent with polarity opposite that of the preceding mark). 25-pair indoor cable connector. Access network: AccessMAX equipment is AN equipment. American National Standards Institute. A standards setting, non-government organization which develops and publishes standards for voluntary use in the United States. Automatic Identification of Outward Dialing. Alarm Processing Remote All Trunks Busy. Asynchronous Transfer Mode. ATM is a high bandwidth, low-delay, connection-oriented, packet-like switching and multiplexing technique. Usable capacity is segmented into 53-byte fixed-size cells, consisting of header and information fields, allocated to services on demand.
ADSL2+6 ADSL6+6 ADTRAN ADU AFC AGC AIS AMI
AMP-Champ AN ANSI
AIOD APR ATB ATM

ATM pipe
A virtual cross-connection made between ATM plug-in cards to allow ATM cell transport. American Wire Gauge. Binary 8 Zero Substitution. A coding technique used in DS-1 to maintain proper density.
AWG B8ZS
Battery reversal Voltage polarity reversal used for signaling. BCH parity code BCC Bel BER
An error correction method. Bearer channel connection. A relative measurement, denoting a factor of ten change. Bit Error Rate. The ratio of error bits to the total number of bits transmitted. BER is a measure of transmission quality. It is generally shown as a negative exponent (e.g., 10 to the minus 7 which means 1 out of 10,000,000 bits are in error). Bit Error Rate Test. A known pattern of bits is transmitted and errors received are counted to figure the BER. A DS-1 coding technique that forces bit 7 of each byte to 1 to maintain 12.5% ones density. Building Integrated Timing Source. In North America, the clocks that provide and distribute timing to a wireline networks lower levels. Not operational; status of a link, port, etc. Basic Rate Access. A Canadian term for the ISDN 2B+D standard, which is called BRI in the U.S. Supported over V5.1 and V5.2. Basic Rate Interface. An ISDN term for 2 B (2 x 64 kbps) + D (16 kbps) service. A total of 144 kbps is delivered over an analog pair to a subscriber. A temporary storage location for information being sent or received. Analog handset used to test phone lines. Channel Associated Signaling on a Common Channel. Channel Bank Assembly.
BERT
BIT7
BITS
Blocked BRA
BRI
Buffer Butt-Set CAS-CC CBA

CBX C-channel
Computerized branch exchange. Communications channel. Carries PSTN, CTRL, Link CTRL, BCC and PROT protocols. Also carries ISDN D-channel information. Timeslots 15, 16, and 31 on any span may be used as c-channels. In V5.1, timeslot 16 is always a c-channel. In V5.2, timeslots 16 on both the primary and secondary E1 links are always c-channels, and make up PG1. Any other c-channels make up PG2. A unique identifier for an individual c-channel. The ID must be coordinated with the LE. Comite Consultatif International de Telephone et Telegraphique. Translated: the International Telephone and Telegraph Consultative Committee. Centi Call Seconds. One hundred call seconds or one hundred seconds of telephone conversation. One hour of telephone traffic is equal to 36 CCS (60 x 60 = 3600 divided by 100 = 36) which is equal to one erlang. CCS are used in network optimization. Co-directional Data Unit plug-in card. Controlled Environment Vault. A chamber that houses equipment under strict environmental conditions. Custom Local Area Signaling Services. CLASS consists of number-translation services such as call-forwarding and caller identification, available within a Local Access and Transport Area (LATA). Common Language Equipment Identification. Codes assigned by Bellcore to provide a standard method of identifying telecommunications equipment in a uniform, feature-oriented language. A component of AFCs FibreMAX fiber-to the-curb solution. The CNX1048 functions as an Optical Network Unit (ONU) for the FibreMAX2000. The CNX1048 includes an environmentally controlled enclosure and a DMAX1048 Channel Bank Assembly with an integrated protection panel. Central Office. In North America, a CO is that location which houses a switch to serve local telephone subscribers. COder and DECoder. Device used to convert from analog to digital and vice versa. An OC3cu-XCVR card provisioned to receive up to 32 ATM pipes.
C-channel ID
CCITT
CCS
CDU CEV
CLASS
CLEI
CNX1048
CO
CODEC
Concentrator

CPE CPU CRC
Customer Premise Equipment. Central Processing Unit plug-in card. Cyclic Redundancy Check. A process used to check the integrity of a block of data. A CRC character is generated at the transmission end. Its value depends on the hexadecimal value of the number of ones in the data block. A user-definable alarm condition. Usually defined as a condition when all service is lost. Noise, usually induced from an adjacent wire pair onto another wire pair. When you hear another conversation on your phone line, you hear crosstalk. Carrier Serving Area. Channel Service Unit. Control. Decibel. One tenth of a Bel. A Bel is the log decimal of a ratio. Digital Bypass Pair plug-in card. Digital Cross-Connect System. A device for switching and rearranging private line voice, private line analog data, and T-1 lines. Digital Data Service. DDS is a private line digital service, typically with data rates at 2,400, 4,800, 9,600, and 56,000 bits per second. Digital Data Unit plug-in card. The DDU plug-in card extends the existing Diginet kilostream links. It supports two separate Diginet channels of 71.1 kbps each by using four 64-kbps channels (two per circuit). A graceful shutdown of a port/link. This command from the operator results in a request from the AN to the LE for blocking the link. No call types are lost in such a block. Direct Inward Dial. A DID trunk is a trunk from the central office which passes the last two to four digits of the listed directory number to the PBX. Therefore, an external caller may reach an internal extension by dialing a 7-digit central office number. DID allows for an external caller to dial inside a company without going through an attendant.
Critical alarm
Crosstalk
CSA CSU CTRL dB DBP DCS
DDS
DDU
Deferred block
DID

DIN connector DLC
A cable connector that meets worldwide dimensional standards Digital Loop Carrier. Network transmission equipment used to provide a pair gain function. DLCs consist of a Central Office terminal, and a remote terminal. The Central Office terminal provides the multiplexing/ demultiplexing function of individual voice signals to the composite multiplexed signal at the interface between the switching equipment and the DLC. The remote terminal provides the multiplexing/demultiplexing function at the interface between the individual subscriber pairs and the DLC. Datalink Exchange unit. Datalink (analog) Transceiver. DSL Multi-Service Access. A multi-service access platform within AFCs AccessMAX product family. DMAX delivers high-density broadband telephony services, as well as all traditional narrowband and wideband services. The DMAX1120 is a 120-line channel bank assembly; the DMAX1048 is a 48-line channel bank assembly. Both CBAs are functionally compatible with all AccessMAX products. DMAX CBAs can be rack mounted or installed in a variety of remote telecom cabinets. Direct Outward Dial. The ability to dial outbound directly from an extension without having to go through an operator or attendant.
DLX DL-XCVR DMAX
DOD
Drop-and-Insert Terminology referring to adding terminals in a given configuration. DS0 DS0A
Digital Signal Level Zero. One 64-channel. Refers to a process where a sub-rate signal is repeated 20, 10, or 5 times to make a 64-DS0 channel. One 64-channel divided up by a sub-rate digital multiplexer to offer multiple lower speed circuits. DS0 Data Port plug-in card. DS3 Interterminal Transceiver plug-in card. Digital Subscriber Line. Digital Subscriber Line Multi-Service Access Platform. Digital Signal Cross Connect/Digital Signal Cross Connect for DS-1.
DS0B
DS0-DP DS3I-XCVR DSL DSL MSAP DSX/DSX-1

DS-1
Digital Signal Level 1. Data rate is 1.544 Mbps. A DS1 has 24 data channels (64 each) and 8 for signaling. Digital Signal Level 3. Data rate is 44.736 Mbps. A DS3 has 28 DS1s encapsulated. Digital Service Unit. Converts synchronous interface to 4-wire digital circuit. Data Termination Equipment. Dial Tone First. A type of pay phone service in which dial tone is received when the caller goes off-hook and coins must be inserted only after the call is connected. Dual Tone Multi-Frequency. A term describing push button or touchtone dialing. In DTMF, when you touch a button on a push button pad, it makes a tone, which is actually a combination of two tones, one high frequency and one low frequency. Data Terminal Ready. A data transmission handshake protocol. Digital Volt Meter Dynamic Range. The range in which normal operating conditions occur, usually expressed in dB. The range in which normal operating conditions occur. Dynamic range is normally expressed in dB. Duplex signaling. A direct current signaling system that transmits signals directly on the cable pair. DX is typically used on long metallic trunks. A digital circuit used primarily in Europe. It operates at 2.048 Mbps and offers 30 voice channels. Asynchronous, 2.048-Mbps, G.703-compliant card used to provide service to a subscriber. The timing is not altered. Asynchronous E1 Transceiver plug-in card 2.048 Mbps, G.704-compliant transceiver plug-in card that uses HDSL technology. The primary E1 link in a V5.1 or V5.2 interface group. The secondary E1 link in a V5.2 interface group.
DS-3
DSU DTE DTF
DTMF
DTR DVM
Dynamic range
DX
E1
E1A
E1AX E1HD-XCVR
E1 Pri E1 Sec

E1-XCVR E1X-XCVR
Line-powering 2.048-Mbps, G.704-compliant transceiver plug-in card. Non-line powering 2.048-Mbps, G.703/G.704-compliant transceiver plug-in card; used to interface a line interface terminal 8.448 Mbps, G.703-compliant transceiver plug-in card. 34.368 Mbps, G.703-compliant transceiver plug-in card. A digital circuit that operates at 34.368 Mbps. E3 Interterminal Transceiver plug-in card Expansion Bank Control plug-in card. Controls an expansion shelf. AFCs ADSL service. Equal Level Echo Path Loss. Expansion Link Unit plug-in card. Links primary and expansion shelves. AFCs retrofit and upgrade kits for exhausted, third-party remote telecom cabinets. EMAX uses the UMC1000 and associated cables and hardware. EMAXplus uses the DMAX1120, along with associated fans, cables, and hardware. Embedded Operations Channel; GR-303 data link. Extended Network Power Supply Unit plug-in card. Able to withstand a temperature range from -40F to +149F (-40C to +65C) and 5%-95% humidity, non-condensing. Echo Return Loss. The difference between a frequency signal and the echo on that signal as it reaches its destination. A measure of telephone traffic. One Erlang is equal to one hour of full usage. Errored Second. A second in which at least one error occurred. Electrostatic Discharge.
E2-XCVR E3-XCVR E3 E3I-XCVR EBC EdgeAccess ATM ELEPL ELU EMAX EMAXplus
EOC ENPSU Environmentally hardened ERL
Erlang ES ESD

ESF
Extended Super Frame. A T1 format that uses the 193rd bit as a framing bit. ESF provides frame synchronization, cyclic redundancy checking, and data link bits. This standard allows error information to be stored and retrieved easily, facilitating network performance monitoring and maintenance. External Timing Interface plug-in card. European Telecommunication Standard. European Telecommunications Standards Institute. ETSIs main aim is the unrestricted communication between all the member states by the provision of essential European standards. A method of powering remote equipment using copper pairs along a transmission facility. Also called network power. In telephony, a trunking arrangement that is generally used for two-way switch-to-switch or switch-to-network connections. The E&M leads are used for signaling and supervisory purposes. Changes of voltage on these leads convey such information as seizure of circuit, recognition of seizure, release of circuit, dialed digits, etc. E&M plug-in card; for use in 2-wire specials and 4-wire E&M applications. Fuse and Alarm Assembly. Fault, Configuration, Performance, and Security management Fiber Connector Polished Convex. Connector used on the FO-XCVR, FOB-XCVR, and FOW-XCVR. Fiber Distribution Panel. AFCs fiber-to-the-curb solution. A member of the AccessMAX family of multi-service access platforms. FibreMAX consists of the FibreMAX2000 and CNX1048 Optical Network Unit (ONU). FibreMAX allows for fiber deployment closer to the customer. The FibreMAX solution is a flexible, scalable, and rapidly deployable way to offer more customers more high-speed services while maximizing existing infrastructure.
ETI ETS ETSI
Express power
E&M
E&M plug-in card FAA FCAPS FC/PC
FDP FibreMAX

FibreMAX2000
A component of the FibreMAX fiber-to-the-curb product. The FibreMAX2000 hybrid power node provides both Fiber-to-the-Curb (FTTC) and multi-service access platform (MSAP) applications. It can also provide pure FTTC or pure MSAP. The environmentally controlled RSC/2000 cabinet houses the MSAP and/or a Fiber-to-the-Curb (FTTC) system in various configurations. The FTTC system in the FibreMAX2000 primarily supports CNX1048 Optical Network Units (ONUs). Continuous ringing supported by the R-UVG plug-in card. An immediate/unconditional block of a port or link. This may lead to call failures. Fiber-Optic Transceiver plug-in card. Transmits and receives at 49.152 Mbps. Bi-Directional Fiber-Optic Transceiver plug-in card. Transmits and receives at 49.152 Mbps on a single fiber rather than a dual-fiber cable. Fiber-Optic Transceiver plug-in card WDM Fiber-Optic Transceiver plug-in card. Any data transmission rate between 56 kbps and 1.544 Mbps. Not a full T1. Usually provided on 4-wire circuits. A group of data bits in a specific format, with a flag at each end to indicate the beginning and end of the frame. The defined format enables network equipment to recognize the meaning and purpose of specific bits. Frequency Shift Keying. A modulation technique for data transmission. FSK shifts the frequency above the carrier for a 1 and below the carrier for a 0 (zero). Fractional T1/T3. See Fractional T1. Fiber to the curb. Fiber to the home. Foreign Exchange Office. Foreign Exchange service is a service that can be ordered from the telephone company that provides local telephone service from a Central Office which is outside (foreign to) the subscribers exchange area. In its simplest form, a user can pick up the phone in one city and receive a dial tone in the foreign city.
Firebar ringing Forced block
FO-XCVR FOB-XCVR
FOS-XCVR FOW-XCVR Fractional T1
Frame
FSK
FT1/FT3 FTTC FTTH FXO

FXS Gas tube GFI
Foreign exchange station. Protector plugs that fit in a panel to protect against lightning surges. Ground Fault Interrupt. A device intended to interrupt the electrical circuit when the fault current to ground exceeds a predetermined value (usually 4 to 6 milliamps) that is less than required to operate the overcurrent protection (fuse or breaker) for the circuit. The device is intended to protect personnel against electrocution. It does not protect against fire from circuit overload. A fuse type. Ground. A switch interface in which T1s interface directly with the switch. To combine partial T1 input trunks to create fully filled T1 output trunks. A type of signaling on subscriber trunks in which one side of the two wire trunk (typically the Ring conductor of the Tip and Ring) is momentarily grounded to get dialtone. Graphical User Interface. A standard set of instructions used to program smart modems. High-bit-rate Digital Subscriber Line. A technology to put an up to two-way T1 on a normal unshielded twisted pair up to 20,000 feet (6,100 meters) non-repeatered. A circuit that performs analog 2-wire to 4-wire conversion Integrated Access Device. International Advanced Transmission Only plug-in card. Integrated Digital Loop Carrier. Access equipment that extends Central Office services. IDLC connects to a SONET ring on the network side while providing telephony services on the subscriber side (POTS, ISDN, etc.). The total power received on an analog channel when no analog input signal is present at the remote end.
GMT GND GR-303 Groom Ground start
GUI Hayes AT command set HDSL
Hybrid IAD IATO IDLC
Idle channel noise

IDLP
International Datalink Processor plug-in card. The plug-in card that controls the V5 interface. Insert into any general purpose slot of the primary shelf of the Access Network (AN) LET. The end-to-end loss of a system element. of logical grouping aids the signaling between the AN and the LE. It also helps the network operator to classify/identify the physical resources uniquely.
Insertion loss
Interface group In V5, a logical group of physical resources such as ports and links. This kind
Interface ID IPMI ISDN
An identification number that refers to a V5 module at the LE. Internet Protocol Management Interface plug-in card. Integrated Services Digital Network. ISDN comes in two forms. BRI is 144 kbps and designed for the desktop. PRI is 1.544 Mbps and designed for telephone switches, computer telephony, and voice processing systems. International Transmit Only plug-in card. International Telecommunications Union-Telecommunications Services Sector, based in Geneva, Switzerland. The ITU-T is a United Nations agency with the charter of maintaining and extending international cooperation for the improvement and interconnectivity of equipment and systems through the establishment of technical standards. If a network provides various latency (i.e., different waiting times) for different packets or cells, it introduces jitter, which is particularly disruptive to audio communications because it can cause audible pops and clicks. Technically, jitter is the phase shift of digital pulses over a transmission medium. Kilo (thousand) bits per second. Local exchange switch. Light Emitting Diode. Local Exchange Terminal. A part of Access MAX equipment, generally installed at the Central Office. LET Electronic Business Set plug-in card. LET Payphone plug-in card. LET POTS plug-in card.
ITO ITU-T
Jitter
kbps LE LED LET
L-EBS L-PAY L-POTS

L-PSU L-UVG LI-APOTS LI-ISDN LI-POTS LI-VPOTS Line powering Line build out
LET Power Supply Unit plug-in card. LET Universal Voice Grade plug-in card. LET International Advanced POTS plug-in card LET Integrated Subscriber Digital Network plug-in card LET International POTS plug-in card. LET International POTS plug-in card A technique for powering line repeaters. Attenuation adjustments made to DS1 lines for longer or shorter transmission facilities. An individual E1 span from the AN to the LE. In V5.2, a number assigned to designate a specific E1 link from the LET to the LE. This number is common to the AN and the LE. A coil placed on local loops exceeding 18,000 feet (5,490 meters) in length. Compensates for capacitive effect and boosts voice grade frequencies. Connection of the transmit signal back into the receive. Used for trouble isolation. To put up a loopback/take one down. Level 3 address. Can be used to address a port or a subscriber. An alarm condition in which at least 24 but fewer than 100 customers could be out of service. Maintenance and Administration Panel. Mega (million) bits per second. Micro Computer Systems, a manufacturer of remote test heads compatible with AFC equipment. Main Distribution Frame. A wiring arrangement which connects the telephone lines coming from outside on one side and the internal lines on the other. A MDF may also carry protective devices as well as function as a central testing point.
Link Link ID
Loading coil
Loopback
Loop-up/down L3 address Major alarm
MAP Mbps MCS
MDF

Minor alarm
An alarm condition in which fewer than 24 customers could be out of service or which has no effect on service. Microcomputer Integrated Test System. Major. Mechanized Loop Testing. Minor. MOdulator/DEModulator. Equipment that converts digital signals to analog signals and vice-versa. Modems are used to send data signals (digital) over the telephone network, which is usually analog. The modem modulates the ones and zeros into tones which can be carried by the phone network. At the other end, the demodulator part of the modem converts the tones back into digital ones and zeros. Modular Splicing System. Also referred to as MS squared and MS2. Mean Time Between Failure. The length of time a user may reasonably expect a device or system to work before an incapacitating fault occurs. Mean Time To Repair. The average time required to return a failed device or system to service. Metallic Test Unit plug-in card. MULtiplexer/DEMultiplexer. Arranges lower speed circuits into higher speed circuits and vice versa. Multiplexer. Electronic equipment which allows two or more signals to pass over one communications circuit. That circuit may be a phone line, a microwave circuit, or a through-the-air TV signal. The circuit may be analog or digital. Mu Law. The PCM coding and companding standard used in North America and Japan. Compliant with CCITT G.711. Network Equipment Building System. National Electronic Manufacturing Association. Near end.
MITS MJ MLT MN MODEM
MS2 MTBF
MTTR
MTU MULDEM
MUX
-LAW
NEBS NEMA NEND

NGDLC NI NMA NMS
Next Generation Digital Loop Carrier. Network Interface. The demarcation point between the PSTN and CPE. Network Monitoring and Analysis. Network Management System. The system responsible for managing the network. The NMS talks to network management agents, which reside in the managed nodes, via a network management protocol. One location/place/terminal/unit in a network. In V5, the kind of blocking done by sending a request to the LE for blocking the link immediately by tearing down the calls on that link. Applies to links only. Network Power Supply Unit Non-Return to Zero Inverted. Line coding scheme. A special RS-232C cable that allows computers to communicate without a modem. Operations and Administrative Maintenance and Provisioning. Office Channel Unit Data Port plug-in card. Optical Carrier Level 1. 51.84 Mbps. Optical Carrier Level 3. 155.52 Mbps. Optical Carrier Level 3 Concentrator/Uplink Transceiver plug-in card. Optical Network Unit. The two states of a phone. On hook is a wait state that can receive ringing voltage to signal an incoming call. Off hook is for dialing and conversation. In V5, the actual state of the resource (link/port) as opposed to the desired state. It depends upon the administrative (desired) state, the physical health of the resource, and the LEs commands/responses. Office Repeater Bay. Operations Systems Interface plug-in card.
Node Non-deferred block
NPSU NRZI Null modem cable OAM&P OCU-DP OC-1 OC-3 OC3cu-XCVR ONU On hook/ Off hook Operational state
ORB OSI

OSP OTDR
Outside plant. Optical Time Domain Reflectometer. A test and measurement device often used to check the accuracy of fusion splices and the location of fiber optic breakers. The process of transmitting address information over a trunk from one switching center to another. A type of ISDN D-channel data. The multiplexing of a number of signals over fewer physical facilities. Telecommunications equipment manufacturer. Pay phones used to only accept coins. Modern pay phones can be coinless and can read credit cards. Soon pay phones will have keyboards, computer screens, and dataports for plugging in fax machines and portable computers. The European equivalent is called a Public Phone. Private Branch Exchange. A smaller version of the phone companys larger central switching office owned and located on the owners premises. Pulse Code Modulation. The most common method of encoding an analog voice signal into a digital bit stream. First, the amplitude of the voice conversation is sampled. This sample is then coded into a binary number. This digital number consists of zeros and ones. The voice signal can then be switched, transmitted, and stored digitally. Express power method that uses enough power pairs to meet the maximum (peak) power requirements of the equipment. Express power method that uses enough power pairs to meet average power requirements of the equipment. Batteries are charged during low power usage periods, and then provide power during maximum (peak) power periods. Protection Group 1. In V5.2, PG1 is always and only comprised of timeslot 16 on the primary E1 and timeslot 16 of the secondary E1. If no secondary E1 is used, PG1 is only timeslot 16 of the primary E1. V5.1 does not have protection groups. Protection Group 2. In V5.2, all c-channels except timeslot 16 on both the primary and secondary E1s are part of PG2. The optical sensor on a fiber-optic plug-in card.
Outpulsing
P-type data Pair gain PairGain Pay phone
PBX
PCM
Peak
Peak load sharing
PG1
PG2
PIN receiver

Pipe path
Series of ATM pipes that connects a subscribers ADSL port to the providers ATM network. Private Line Automatic Ringdown. A leased voice circuit that connects two single instruments together. When either handset is lifted, the other instrument automatically rings. Pulse Link Repeater. A signaling set that interconnects the E and M leads of two circuits. Performance Monitoring. A measure of the quality of service. PM identifies degrading or marginally operating systems prior to an alarm being generated. Path Overhead. SONET overhead assigned to and transported with the payload until the payload is demultiplexed. It is used for functions that are necessary to transport the payload; i.e., end-to-end network management. A subscriber, identified by a unique L3 address within an interface. Plain Old Telephone Service. The basic service supplying standard single line telephones, telephone lines, and access to the public switched network. A POTS line normally works on loop start signaling. Pulses per second. Primary Rate Access. An ISDN ITU-T term used internationally to mean 23B+D and also 30B+D. The international version of PRI in the U.S. AccessMAX supports PRA over V5.2. Primary Rate Interface. An ISDN term for 23B + D service over a T1. That is 23 (B) x 64 + 1 (D) x 64 over a T1 or 30 B+D over an E1. A direct channel dedicated to a specific customers use between specified points. Programmable Read Only Memory. A PROM is a programmable semiconductor device in which the contents are not intended to be altered during normal operation. PROM acts like non-volatile memory. Protection. Redundant OC3cu-XCVR plug-in cards provisioned for Edge Access ATM. This redundant card capability will be activated in a future release. Public Switched Telephone Network.
PLAR
PLR
PM
POH
Port POTS
pps PRA
PRI
Private line
PROM
PROT Protection group PSTN

Pulse metering QPSK
A taxation feature of international services. Quaternary Phase Shift Keying. A way of sending data through a modem over an analog phone line. Quasi-Random Wave/Quasi-Random Signal Source. A complex pattern used to stress digital facilities. A measure of the similarity of the impedance of a transmission line and the impedance at its termination. It is a ratio expressed in decibels, of the power of the outgoing signal to the power of the signal reflected back from an impedance discontinuity.
QRW/QRSS
Return loss
Reverse battery See Battery reversal. Ring trip
The process of stopping the AC ringing signal at the CO when the telephone being rung goes off-hook.
Ringing voltage The voltage of the signal used to ring a subscriber. RAI R-EBS REN
RST Alarm Interface plug-in card. RST Electronic Business Set plug-in card. Ringer Equivalency Number. Part of the FCC certification number approving a telephone terminal product for direct sale to the end user as not doing harm to the network. The REN consists of a number and a letter that indicates the frequency response of that telephones ringer. The number indicates the quantity of ringers that may be connected to a single telephone line and still all ring. RST Co-Location POTS plug-in card. Extended Range RST POTS plug-in card. RST Payphone plug-in card. RST POTS plug-in card. RST Power Supply Unit plug-in card. RST Universal Voice Grade plug-in card. RST POTS plug-in card.
R-CPOTS R-EPOTS R-PAY R-POTS R-PSU R-UVG RI-APOTS

RI-ISDN RI -POTS RI-VPOTS Repeater
RST Integrated Subscriber Digital Network plug-in card RST International POTS plug-in card. RST International Reverse Battery POTS plug-in card. A device that amplifies or regenerates a signal. Usually imbedded in a transmission line. Return Merchandise Authorization number. An EIA standard. Used to connect to the communications port on AccessMAX equipment. Remote Subscriber Cabinet. Remote Subscriber Terminal. Also referred to as an RT. Request To Send. Control signal defined in RS-232C. Remote Terminal T1 Transceiver. It performs IAD aggregation and allows AccessMAX equipment to act as a GR-303 gateway. Receive. Synchronous Digital Hierarchy. A set of standard fiber-optic-based serial standards planned for use with Sonet and ATM in Europe. Synchronous Data Unit plug-in card. Severely Errored Seconds. Those seconds on a digital facility in which the BER exceeds 1E-3 as defined in CCITT G.821. Super Frame. Also known as D4. A DS1 framing format in which 24 DS0 timeslots plus a coded framing bit are organized into a frame that is repeated 12 times to form the super frame. On a telephone, the volume reflected back into the ear piece. The loss (or rate of loss) of a data bit on a T-1 link due to a frame misalignment between the timing at a transmit node and timing at a receive node. ANSI standard for a high-speed Synchronous Optical Network. The SONET standard defines optical lines rates, frame format, and OAM&P functions for equipment using the SONET standard.
RMA number RS232-C
RSC RST RTS RT/T1-XCVR
Rx SDH
SDU SES
SF
Sidetone Slips
SONET

SPE
Synchronous Payload Envelope. A SONET term describing the envelope that carries the user data or payload. Singing Return Loss. The loss level at which a circuit oscillates or sings at the extreme low and high ends of the voice band. A network configuration in which a central node has a direct connection to multiple nodes. A plug-in card that tests the wiring from the backplane to the DSX-1 cross-connect frame. A data port in OC3cu-XCVR, T1X-XCVR, ADSL2+6, or ADSL6+6 plug-in cards provisioned for ADSL service. An OC3cu-XCVR can be provisioned for up to 32 streams. Synchronous Transport Signal Level 1, the basic building block of SONET. A type of ISDN D-channel data. 1.544 Mbps signal. 44.736 Mbps signal. Line-powering T1 Transceiver plug-in card. Line-powering Asynchronous T1 plug-in card. A T1 plug-in card used to offer private line T1 service to users. Has the ability to extend T1 up to one mile and to power repeaters. Non-line Powering Asynchronous T1 plug-in card used to offer private-line T1 service to users. Has the ability to extend to 655 feet (200 meters) and has DSX level signals. HDSL T1 Transceiver plug-in card. Single pair HDSL T1 Transceiver plug-in card. Transaction Language 1. Test Loopback. Non-line Powering T1 Transceiver plug-in card used to interface to repeater bays or DSX-1 connection points.
SRL
Star
Streaker card
Stream
STS-1 S-type data T1 T3 T1-XCVR T1A
T1AX
T1HD-XCVR T1HD2-XCVR TL1 TLB T1X-XCVR

TAC TBOS
AFCs Technical Assistance Center. Telemetry Byte Oriented Serial. A protocol for transmitting alarm, status, and control points between network elements and operating systems. Transmission Control Protocol. ARPAnet-developed transport layer protocol, end-to-end, connection-oriented. TCP provides reliable delivery of bytes to a user. It is the portion of the TCP/IP protocol that provides for the exchange of sequential data. Time Division Multiplexing. A technique for transmitting a number of separate data, voice, and/or video signals simultaneously over one communications medium by quickly interleaving a piece of each signal one after another. In TDM, you sample each voice conversation, interleave the samples, send them on their way, then reconstruct the several conversations at the other end. Total Harmonic Distortion. The ratio of the sum of the powers of all harmonic frequency signals (other than the fundamental) to the power of the fundamental frequency signal. This ratio is measured at the output of a device under specified conditions and is expressed in decibels. In TDM or switching, the slot belonging to a voice, data, or video conversation. One time slot is equivalent to a data path with a bandwidth of 64 kbps. Each E1 span has 31 timeslots available. Transmission Impairment Measurement System. Transmission Level Point. A designated point on a circuit where the transmission level has been specified by the designer. Referencing this point in relation to others in the network can determine the performance of the network. Timeslot Management Channel. A GR-303 data link. Transmission Only plug-in card. Transport Overhead. A SONET term describing an element of signaling and control. The configuration of a communications network.
TCP
TDM
THD
Time slot
TIMS TLP
TMC TO TOH
Topology

T/R
Tip and Ring. A way of saying plus and minus, or ground and positive in electrical circuits. They derive their names from the operators cordboard plug. The tip wire was connected to the tip of the plug, and the ring wire was connected to the slip ring around the jack. A third conductor on some jacks was called the sleeve. Tip 1 and Ring 1. The second pair used in a 4-wire system. A network configuration that combines Star and Drop-and-Insert topologies. A CO switch interface involving direct T1 connection to a switch. Conforms to Telcordia (Bellcore) specification TR-TSY-00008. Timeslot A type of ISDN D-channel data. Transmit. Universal Digital Loop Carrier. Unit Interval peak-to-peak. Universal Modular Carrier. A multi-service access platform within AFCs AccessMAX product family. The UMC delivers narrowband, wideband, and limited density broadband telephony services. The UMC1000 is a 120-line channel bank assembly; the UMC1048 is a 48-line channel bank assembly. UMC CBAs can be rack mounted or installed in a variety of remote telecom cabinets. An proprietary link between AFC terminals that allows for in-band communications. When a resource (link/port) is in this state, it can perform its normal call-related operations as part of the V5 interface. User/Network Interface. The demarcation point between the user and the public network service provider. Universal Power Assembly. User Port Number. Uni-directional path switching ring.
T1/R1 Tree TR-8
Ts T-type data Tx UDLC UIpp UMC
UM4 link
Unblocked
UNI
UPA UPN UPSR

UTP
A transmission medium consisting of a pair of copper conductors which are electronically balanced. Each conductor is separately insulated in order to prevent the conductors from shorting. The conductors are twisted around each other at routine intervals in order to confine the electromagnetic field within the conductors and thereby to; 1) maximize signal strength over a distance, and 2) minimize interference between adjacent pairs in a multi-pair cable. Universal Upgrade Program. Universal Voice Grade plug-in card. An integrated interface defined by ETSI. AFCs AccessMAX CBAs can carry up to 22 V5.1 interface groups per system, with 1 E1 per group and 1 to 3 c-channels per E1. A concentrating integrated interface defined by ETSI. AFCs AccessMAX CBAs can carry up to 5 V5.2 interface groups per system, with 1 to 16 E1s per group and 1 to 3 c-channels per E1 for the first two E1s and 0 to 3 c-channels for additional E1s. A CCITT standard for synchronous data circuits.
UUP UVG V5.1
V5.2
V.35
Variant (variant A unique provisioned configuration (E1 links, c-channels, etc.) of a V5 number) interface group that must be coordinated between the LE and the AN. VCC VCI VPI VTs
Virtual Channel Connection. Virtual Channel Identifier. Virtual Path Identifier. Virtual Tributaries, defined in SONET as synchronous signals used to transport lower-speed transmissions at sub-STS-1 levels. A common terminal emulation type, compatible with AFC equipment. Transceiver. A plug-in card used in the AccessMAX equipment that provides transmission between two terminals.
VT-100 XCVR
March 12, 2002
AFC AccessMAX System Description Index
Index
Numerics
10BaseT CARDS 91 49.152 Mbps CARDS 76
A
AC power CARDS 127 AccessMAX Alarms UI 7 Compliance CABCOMP 4 Concentration OVERVIEW 51 Craft Interface UI 4 Datalink OVERVIEW 49 description OVERVIEW 3 design OVERVIEW 39 Elements OVERVIEW 38 Expansion OVERVIEW 43 RSC OVERVIEW 48 System topologies TOPOLOGY 1 testing LOOPTEST 1 upgrade UI 11 ACO CARDS 138 ADSL 2+6 CARDS 3 ADSL 4+6 plug-in cards CARDS 8 ADSL 6+0 CARDS 13 ADSL 6+6 CARDS 17 ADTRAN CARDS 48 ADU plug-in card CARDS 22 V.24 pinouts CARDS 22 alarms contacts CABCOMP 27, CABCOMP 31 Analog radio OVERVIEW 38 Applications Summary OVERVIEW 12 Asynchronous E1 CARDS 42, CARDS 45 Automatic line build out CARDS 55
DMAX1120 diagram CABCOMP 32 DSL MSAP CABCOMP 31 Backup and Restore UI 12 bank selector CABCOMP 27, CABCOMP 31 Battery backup OVERVIEW 47 Battery reversal CARDS 117, CARDS 167
C
Call Message Waiting Indicator CARDS 117,
CARDS 167
B
backplane CBA CABCOMP 27 diagram CABCOMP 28
CBA OVERVIEW 40 backplane CABCOMP 27 bank selector CABCOMP 27, CABCOMP 31 Card cage CABCOMP 27 contacts CABCOMP 27, CABCOMP 31 Craft Interface connection CABCOMP 26 fail relay CABCOMP 27, CABCOMP 31 RSC/48 OVERVIEW 46 wire wrap CABCOMP 27 wire-wrap CABCOMP 31 CDU plug-in card CARDS 25 Channel allocation OVERVIEW 49 Channel attributes OVERVIEW 52 Channel Bank Assembly. see CBA Clock CARDS 30, UI 7 CMWI CARDS 117, CARDS 167 Common control OVERVIEW 40 Composite clock CARDS 30 Concentration OVERVIEW 51 concentrator CARDS 189 copper facilities OVERVIEW 51 CPU CABCOMP 27, CABCOMP 31 CPU-2 plug-in card CARDS 28 CPU-3 CARDS 31 Craft Interface CARDS 28, UI 4 Alarms UI 7 Menu tree UI 5 Menus UI 4 customer service CUSTSERV 1
2002, Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Confidential and Proprietary Information. Rev 1 Not for use or disclosure except by written agreement with AFC Index 1
March 12, 2002
Index, continued
D
Datalink OVERVIEW 49 DBUTIL UI 12 DC resistance test CARDS 124 DC switching CARDS 114, CARDS 163 DDU plug-in card CARDS 35 DID Direct inward dial CARDS 117, CARDS 167 Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum CARDS 180 DMAX Multiservice Access Platform Family
OVERVIEW 9
EdgeAccess ATM ADSL OVERVIEW 27,

CARDS 190
DMAX1120 OVERVIEW 9 DMAX1120FA CABCOMP 33 Backplane panel CABCOMP 34 DSL MSAP backplane CABCOMP 31 card cage OVERVIEW 10, CABCOMP 30 DSL Multi Service Access Platform. see DMAX1120FA DSSS CARDS 180 dual memory CARDS 4, CARDS 14, CARDS 18, CARDS 28, CARDS 48, CARDS 61, CARDS 88, CARDS 190, UI 11
Element Management System UI 13 ELU plug-in card CARDS 70 ELU-3 CARDS 73 ELU-3 plug-in cards CARDS 73 emergency equipment failure CUSTSERV 9 EMS CARDS 91, UI 13 Enhanced integrated interface TOPOLOGY 15 ETSI CABCOMP 4 Expansion OVERVIEW 43, CARDS 64, CARDS 70 Expansion CBA OVERVIEW 46
F
FAA CABCOMP 37 Diagram CABCOMP 38 fail relay CABCOMP 27, CABCOMP 31 failure priority CUSTSERV 10 Failure Report Tag CUSTSERV 11 FC/PC connector CARDS 76, CARDS 82,
CARDS 189 FCAPS CARDS 91 Fiber OVERVIEW 38 multiplexer OVERVIEW 50, TOPOLOGY 3 Fiber splice tray CABCOMP 39 Fiber transport CARDS 76, CARDS 79 fiber transport CARDS 82 Firebar ringing CARDS 167 FOB-XCVR plug-in card CARDS 79 Foreign voltage test CARDS 124 Forward disconnect CARDS 108, CARDS 117, CARDS 155 FOW-XCVR CARDS 82 FOW-XCVR plug-in cards CARDS 82 FO-XCVR plug-in card CARDS 76 Fuse and Alarm Assembly CABCOMP 37
E
E&M plug-in card CARDS 38 E1 OVERVIEW 38 E1 transport OVERVIEW 51 E1A plug-in card CARDS 42 E1AX plug-in card CARDS 45 E1HD-XCVR (ADTRAN) plug-in card
CARDS 48
E1HD-XCVR (PairGain) CARDS 52 E1HD-XCVR (PairGain) plug-in card

CARDS 52
E1-XCVR plug-in card CARDS 55 E1X-XCVR plug-in card CARDS 58 E3I-XCVR plug-in card CARDS 61 EBC plug-in card CARDS 64 EBC-3 CARDS 67, CARDS 67
2002, Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Confidential and Proprietary Information. Index 2 Not for use or disclosure except by written agreement with AFC Rev 1
March 12, 2002
Index, continued
G
Gain adjustment CARDS 117 GMT fuse CARDS 114, CARDS 163 Groomed E1 OVERVIEW 52 Ground fault test CARDS 124 Ground start CARDS 117, CARDS 167 GUI UI 13
Local exchange switch OVERVIEW 46 Local Exchange Terminal. see LET Loop start CARDS 108, CARDS 117, CARDS 167 loop testing MTU plug-in card LOOPTEST 4 Loss switching CARDS 167 L-PSU plug-in card CARDS 114 L-UVG plug-in card CARDS 117
H
Hazardous voltage test CARDS 124 HDSL OVERVIEW 51, CARDS 48, CARDS 52
M
maintenance bus CABCOMP 27, CABCOMP 31 manuals ordering ABOUTMAN 5 MAP testing LOOPTEST 1 Metallic testing CARDS 123 MIB II CARDS 91 Micro Computer Systems (MCS) 107 A/F
CARDS 123
I
IATO plug-in card CARDS 85 IDLP plug-in card CARDS 88 Intact E1 CARDS 42, CARDS 45 Integrated topologies TOPOLOGY 1 IP address CARDS 91 IPMI plug-in card CARDS 91, UI 4, UI 13 ISDN CARDS 105, CARDS 152 ITO plug-in card CARDS 94
miscellaneous contacts CABCOMP 27,

CABCOMP 31
L
LAN CARDS 91 LEDs Status UI 7 LET Craft Interface UI 4 Switched services TOPOLOGY 3 Universal OVERVIEW 46 LI-APOTS plug-in card CARDS 97 LI-BPOTS plug-in card CARDS 101 LI-ISDN plug-in card CARDS 105 Line build out CARDS 55 line powering CARDS 42, CARDS 55 LI-POTS CARDS 108 LI-POTS plug-in card CARDS 108 LI-VPOTS CARDS 111 LI-VPOTS plug-in card CARDS 111
Mixed ATM definitions OVERVIEW 32 mixed ATM transport rules OVERVIEW 30 using OVERVIEW 29 Modem UI 4 MTU CARDS 123 MTU plug-in card CARDS 123 MTU plug-in cards LOOPTEST 1, LOOPTEST 3 multiplexer OVERVIEW 50, TOPOLOGY 3,
CARDS 58
N
Network architecture Enhanced integrated interface TOPOLOGY 15 Standard integrated interface TOPOLOGY 13,
TOPOLOGY 14
Non-switched services TOPOLOGY 3 NPSU plug-in card CARDS 127
March 12, 2002
Index, continued
O
OC3cu-XCVR concentrator OVERVIEW 28 uplink OVERVIEW 28 OC3c-XCVR plug-in cards CARDS 184 Off-hook test CARDS 124
R
Realtec T9-X (MITS) CARDS 123 Rectifier CARDS 127 Remote Subscriber Cabinet. see RSC Remote Subscriber Terminal. see RST remote test LOOPTEST 1 REN CARDS 124 Repair and Return Policy CUSTSERV 8 repeaters OVERVIEW 51, CARDS 42, CARDS 55 Return Merchandise Authorization number
CUSTSERV 8
P
P-ACI plug-in card CARDS 131 P-ACR plug-in card CARDS 134 PairGain CARDS 52 PBX CARDS 117 P-CPU plug-in card CARDS 138 P-FD plug-in card CARDS 141 phone number, TAC CUSTSERV 3 Plain Old Telephone Service CARDS 108 PLAR CARDS 167 Plug-in cards dual memory UI 11 Placement OVERVIEW 12, OVERVIEW 16, OVERVIEW 17, OVERVIEW 18,
OVERVIEW 19
RI-APOTS CARDS 143 RI-APOTS plug-in card CARDS 144 RI-BPOTS plug-in card CARDS 148 RI-ISDN plug-in card CARDS 152 Ring cadence CARDS 108, CARDS 117,
CARDS 155
upgrade UI 11 PN sequence CARDS 180 Port Profiles OVERVIEW 28 POTS CARDS 3, CARDS 13, CARDS 17,
CARDS 108 Power CABCOMP 40 Power supply CARDS 114, CARDS 127, CARDS 163 Primary CBA OVERVIEW 46 Private Line Automatic Ringdown CARDS 167 problem severity CUSTSERV 5 Protection spans OVERVIEW 51
Provisioning Requirements OVERVIEW 12 PSU CABCOMP 27, CABCOMP 31, CARDS 114, CARDS 127, CARDS 163
Ring ping CARDS 117 Ring trip CARDS 155 Ringer capacitance test CARDS 124 Ringing detector CARDS 108 Ringing voltage CARDS 127 RI-POTS CARDS 155 RI-POTS plug-in card CARDS 155 RI-VPOTS CARDS 159 RI-VPOTS plug-in card CARDS 159 RMA number CUSTSERV 8 R-PSU plug-in card CARDS 163 RS232 port CARDS 28 RSC Indoor OVERVIEW 48 RSC/1440 OVERVIEW 48 RSC/360 (CALA) OVERVIEW 48, CABCOMP 16 RSC/48 OVERVIEW 48, CABCOMP 7 48-Line Outdoor Cabinet CABCOMP 7 RSC/672 OVERVIEW 48 RSCI/48 OVERVIEW 48, CABCOMP 5 RSCI/480 OVERVIEW 48 480-Line Indoor Cabinet CABCOMP 19
March 12, 2002
Index, continued
RST OVERVIEW 47 Craft Interface UI 4 Expansion shelves OVERVIEW 47 Outdoor cabinets OVERVIEW 47 Power options OVERVIEW 47 Primary CBA OVERVIEW 47 Rack mount OVERVIEW 47 R-UVG plug-in card CARDS 167
System expansion CARDS 64, CARDS 70 EBC-3 plug-in cards CARDS 67 ELU-3 plug-in cards CARDS 73 System software OVERVIEW 44
T
T1X-XCVR uplink OVERVIEW 28 TAC CUSTSERV 3 Tag, Failure Report CUSTSERV 11 Technical Assistance Center CUSTSERV 3 Telnet UI 4 Telnet access CARDS 91 Teradyne 4TEL 22X CARDS 123 Terminals CARDS 28 Testing CARDS 124 Hazardous voltage CARDS 123 MTU plug-in card CARDS 123 Open circuit CARDS 123 Short circuit CARDS 123 testing LOOPTEST 1 MAP LOOPTEST 1 MTU LOOPTEST 4 options LOOPTEST 1 Teradyne LOOPTEST 1 tests supported LOOPTEST 3 The DMAX Multiservice Access Platform Family OVERVIEW 8, OVERVIEW 10 Timeslot allocation TOPOLOGY 1, CARDS 28 Timeslot interchanger TOPOLOGY 3 Topologies TOPOLOGY 1 Transport E1 OVERVIEW 51 HDSL OVERVIEW 51 Options OVERVIEW 19 Plug-in cards OVERVIEW 19
S
SC connector CARDS 76 SDU plug-in card CARDS 171 V.24 pinouts CARDS 172 V.35 pinouts CARDS 173 Sealing current OVERVIEW 51 severity, problem CUSTSERV 5 SHDSL CARDS 176 SHDSL plug-in card CARDS 176 SHDSL plug-in cards CARDS 176 shelf number CABCOMP 27, CABCOMP 31 SNMP agent CARDS 91 Software OVERVIEW 44 Splice tray CABCOMP 39 Spread Spectrum Radio Transceiver CARDS 180 SSR-XCVR plug-in card CARDS 180 Standalone CBA TOPOLOGY 3 Standard integrated interface, V5.2
TOPOLOGY 14
Standard integrated interface,V5.1

TOPOLOGY 13
STM1cu-XCVR concentrator OVERVIEW 28 uplink OVERVIEW 28 STM1cu-XCVR plug-in card CARDS 189 STM1c-XCVR CARDS 184 STM1c-XCVR plug-in card CARDS 184 Switched services TOPOLOGY 3 system design OVERVIEW 39
March 12, 2002
Index, continued
Transport media E1 OVERVIEW 51 SSR OVERVIEW 53 Wireless OVERVIEW 53 Transverter CARDS 180
Utility Package and Upgrade Guide, AccessMAX UI 11 UUP UI 11 UVG CARDS 117, CARDS 167
U
UMC1000 OVERVIEW 6 UMC1048 OVERVIEW 7 UNI, network uplink CARDS 58 Universal Services OVERVIEW 16 Universal Power Assembly. see UPA Universal topologies TOPOLOGY 1 UPA CABCOMP 40 P-ACI CARDS 131 P-ACR CARDS 134 P-CPU CARDS 138 P-FD CARDS 141 Plug-in card slots CABCOMP 41 plug-ins OVERVIEW 54 Power OVERVIEW 54 upgrade CARDS 4, CARDS 14, CARDS 18, CARDS 28, CARDS 48, CARDS 190, UI 11 uplink OVERVIEW 27, CARDS 184, CARDS 189 T1X-XCVR OVERVIEW 28
V
V5.1 TOPOLOGY 11 Enhanced configuration TOPOLOGY 15 Services summary OVERVIEW 17 V5.2 TOPOLOGY 12 Enhanced configuration TOPOLOGY 15 Services summary OVERVIEW 18 VoATM description OVERVIEW 34 features OVERVIEW 35 Voice frequency CARDS 38 Voice over ATM. See VoATM VT100 CARDS 28
W
WAN CARDS 91 warranty, AFC equipment CUSTSERV 8 wire wrap CABCOMP 27 wire-wrap CABCOMP 31

80ee SD

Transféré par

Informations du document

Description originale:

Titre original

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

80ee SD

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

AccessMAXSystem Software Release 8.

March 12, 2002

AFC AccessMAX System Description

March 12, 2002

AccessMAX User Documentation

March 12, 2002

AFC AccessMAX System Description

The following table contains a change history for this document.

Description of change Initial Release

Date March 12, 2002

AFC AccessMAX System Description

March 12, 2002

March 12, 2002

AFC AccessMAX System Description Table of Contents

AFC AccessMAX System Description Table of Contents

About this Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AboutMan 1

Customer Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CustServ 1

System Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview 1

AFC AccessMAX System Description Table of Contents

March 12, 2002

Table of Contents, continued

System Topologies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Topology 1

March 12, 2002

AFC AccessMAX System Description Table of Contents

Table of Contents, continued

Cabinets and Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CabComp 1

Plug-In Cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cards 1

AFC AccessMAX System Description Table of Contents

March 12, 2002

Table of Contents, continued

March 12, 2002

AFC AccessMAX System Description Table of Contents

Table of Contents, continued

Loop Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LoopTest 1

AFC AccessMAX System Description Table of Contents

March 12, 2002

Table of Contents, continued

March 12, 2002 Rel 8.0EE

AFC AccessMAX System Description About This Manual

About this Manual Chapter Overview

AFC AccessMAX System Description About This Manual

March 12, 2002 Rel 8.0EE

Manual Conventions and Symbols

The AccessMAX user documentation uses the following special symbols:

March 12, 2002 Rel 8.0EE

AFC AccessMAX System Description About This Manual

Manual Conventions and Symbols, continued

AFC AccessMAX System Description About This Manual

March 12, 2002 Rel 8.0EE

The AccessMAX user documentation set consists of the following manuals:

March 12, 2002 Rel 8.0EE

AFC AccessMAX System Description About This Manual

Call Customer Service at 707-792-3500.

To order AccessMAX user documentation, call 800-690-AFCI or 707-792-3500.

AFC AccessMAX System Description About This Manual

March 12, 2002 Rel 8.0EE

March 12, 2002 Rel 8.0EE

AFC AccessMAX System Description Customer Service

Customer Service Chapter Overview

AFC AccessMAX System Description Customer Service

March 12, 2002 Rel 8.0EE

Customer Service Phone Number